Sunteți pe pagina 1din 168

TECHNICAL MANUAL

FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW
Transmitter Series

Revision J
888-2720-001
Harris Broadcast is an independent company not affiliated with Harris Corporation.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
TECHNICAL MANUAL
888-2720-001
Flexiva FAX 5/10/20/30/40K
Transmitter Series

Copyright Harris Broadcast 2013 October 28, 2013


Rev J
All rights reserved

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Harris Broadcast
9800 S Meridian Blvd, Ste 300
Englewood, CO 80112 U.S.A

Copyright 2013, Harris Broadcast. Proprietary and Confidential.

This document and its contents are considered proprietary and confidential by Harris
Broadcast. This publication, or any part thereof, may not be reproduced in any form,
by any method, for any purpose, or in any language other than English without the
written consent of Harris Broadcast. A reasonable number of copies of this document
may be made for internal use only. All others uses are illegal.
This publication is designed to assist in the use of the product as it exists on the date
of publication of this manual, and may not reflect the product at the current time or an
unknown time in the future. This publication does not in any way warrant description
accuracy or guarantee the use for the product to which it refers.
Harris Broadcast reserves the right, without notice to make such changes in
equipment, design, specifications, components, or documentation as progress may
warrant to improve the performance of the product.
Harris Broadcast is an independent company not affiliated with Harris Corporation.

Trademarks
Flexiva and Maxiva are trademarks of Harris Broadcast or its subsidiaries.
Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
All other trademarks and trade names are the property of their respective companies.

Support Contact Information


For domestic and international support contact information, See:
Support Contacts: http://harrisbroadcast.com/support
eCustomer Portal: http://support.harrisbroadcast.com

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


ManualRevisionHistory

FlexivaFAX5/10/20/30/40kWTransmitterSeries

REV. DATE ECN Pages Affected / Description


Preliminary Feb 2011 Preliminary - in process
B April 9, 2012 P52641 Update all sections
C May 23, 2012 P52961 Added 30/40kW models, general updates in all sections
D Aug 23, 2012 P53607 Updates to all sections
E Feb 18, 2013 P54586 Updates to all sections
F Mar 05, 2013 P54684 Update Title Page, MRH-1 and Section-1
H May 01, 2013 P54930 Updates to all sections
J Oct 28, 2013 P55668 Full Revision with new software GUI

MRH-1
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


TechnicalAssistance
TechnicalandtroubleshootingassistanceforHarrisBroadcastproductsisavailablefromthe
fieldservicedepartmentduringnormalbusinesshours8:00AMto5:00PMCST.
Telephone+12172228200,FAX+12172217086,emailtsupport@harrisbroadcast.com.
Emergencyserviceisavailable24hoursaday,sevendaysaweek,bytelephoneonly.
Onlineassistance,includingtechnicalmanuals,softwaredownloads,andservicebulletins,is
availableathttp://www.harrisbroadcast.com/servicesandsupport/default.asp.
Addresswrittencorrespondenceto FieldServiceDept.
HarrisBroadcast
P.O.Box4290
Quincy,IL623054290,USA.
Forglobalservicecontactinformation,visit:http://www.harrisbroadcast.com/contactus.
NOTE:Forallserviceandpartscorrespondence,pleaseprovidethesalesordernumber,as
wellastheserialnumberforthetransmitterorpartinquestion.Recordthosenumbershere:
___________________________________/___________________________________
Providethesenumbersforanywrittenrequest,orhavethesenumbersreadyintheevent
youchoosetocallregardinganyserviceorpartsrequests.Forwarrantyclaimsitwillbe
required.Foroutofwarrantyproducts,thiswillhelpusidentifywhathardwareshipped.
ReplaceablePartsService
Theservicepartsdepartmentisavailablefrom7:00AMto5:00PMCSTMondayFriday,
and8:00AMto12:00PMCSTonSaturday.
Telephone+12172217500oremailservicepartsreq@harrisbroadcast.com.
Emergencypartsareavailable24hoursaday,sevendaysaweek,bytelephoneonly.
Unpacking
Carefullyunpacktheequipmentandperformavisualinspectiontodetermineifanydamage
wasincurredduringshipment.Retaintheshippingmaterialsuntilithasbeenverifiedthatall
equipmenthasbeenreceivedundamaged.Locateandretainallpackingchecklists.Usethe
packingchecklisttohelplocateandidentifyanycomponentsorassemblieswhichare
removedforshippingandmustbereinstalled.Alsoremoveanyshippingsupports,straps,
andpackingmaterialspriortoinitialturnon.
ReturnsAndExchanges
Noequipmentcanbereturnedunlesswrittenapprovalandareturnauthorizationisreceived
fromHarrisBroadcast.Specialshippinginstructionsandcodingwillbeprovidedtoassure
properhandling.Completedetailsregardingcircumstancesandreasonsforreturnaretobe
includedintherequestforreturn.Customequipmentorspecialorderequipmentisnot
returnable.Inthoseinstanceswherereturnorexchangeofequipmentisattherequestof
thecustomer,orconvenienceofthecustomer,arestockingfeewillbecharged.Allreturns
willbesentfreightprepaidandproperlyinsuredbythecustomer.Whencommunicatingwith
HarrisBroadcast,specifytheHarrisBroadcastordernumberorinvoicenumber.

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Harris Broadcast Phone: 217-22-00
PO Box 4290 PARTS ORDER FORM FAX: 217-221-70
3200 Wismann Lane 62305 Shipping Information
Billing Information
Ship To (If different from billing information):
Customer Name: ________________________
________________________________
Address: ________________________________
Address: ________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


________________________________
Telephone: ______________________________
Telephone: ______________________________
FAX: ______________________________
FAX: ______________________________
Preferred
Preferred
Payment Method : ________________________
Shipping Method : ________________________
Frequency & Channel: ______________________
Guide for Ordering Parts: Please provide as much information as possible to facilitate part
Equipment Part Number:____________________ substitution as required. Equipment name, part number and serial number is found on a metal
ID plate on the rear of the unit. Describe the unit using the parts list if possible. Include
Equipment Serial Number:___________________ schematic information, schematic number, or number of next higher assembly. The next higher
assembly usually has a part number that begins with a 9xx-xxxx-xxx.
Item Used On -
Description of Part - Ref Des Assembly if Known e.g.
Parts Name, Description, and e.g. C21, C21 used on 992-8025-001
Item Quantity Part Number Specification from Parts List R100, etc. & Schematic 839-8038-991 Comments

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
! WARNING:
THECURRENTSANDVOLTAGESINTHISEQUIPMENTAREDANGEROUS.PER
SONNELMUSTATALLTIMESOBSERVESAFETYWARNINGS,INSTRUCTIONS
ANDREGULATIONS.

Thismanualisintendedasageneralguidefortrainedandqualifiedpersonnelwhoareaware
ofthedangersinherentinhandlingpotentiallyhazardouselectrical/electroniccircuits.Itis
notintendedtocontainacompletestatementofallsafetyprecautionswhichshouldbe
observedbypersonnelinusingthisorotherelectronicequipment.

Theinstallation,operation,maintenanceandserviceofthisequipmentinvolvesrisksbothto
personnelandequipment,andmustbeperformedonlybyqualifiedpersonnelexercisingdue
care.HarrisBroadcastshallnotberesponsibleforinjuryordamageresultingfromimproper
proceduresorfromtheuseofimproperlytrainedorinexperiencedpersonnelperforming
suchtasks.Duringinstallationandoperationofthisequipment,localbuildingcodesandfire
protectionstandardsmustbeobserved.

ThefollowingNationalFireProtectionAssociation(NFPA)standardsarerecommendedas
reference:
AutomaticFireDetectors,No.72E
Installation,Maintenance,andUseofPortableFireExtinguishers,No.10
HalogenatedFireExtinguishingAgentSystems,No.12A

! WARNING:
ALWAYSDISCONNECTPOWERBEFOREOPENINGCOVERS,DOORS,ENCLO
SURES,GATES,PANELSORSHIELDS.ALWAYSUSEGROUNDINGSTICKSAND
SHORTOUTHIGHVOLTAGEPOINTSBEFORESERVICING.NEVERMAKEINTER
NALADJUSTMENTS,PERFORMMAINTENANCEORSERVICEWHENALONEOR
WHENFATIGUED.

Donotremove,shortcircuitortamperwithinterlockswitchesonaccesscovers,doors,
enclosures,gates,panelsorshields.Keepawayfromlivecircuits,knowyourequipmentand
donttakechances.

! WARNING:
INCASEOFEMERGENCYENSURETHATPOWERHASBEENDISCONNECTED.
IFOILFILLEDORELECTROLYTICCAPACITORSAREUTILIZEDINYOUREQUIPMENT,
ANDIFALEAKORBULGEISAPPARENTONTHECAPACITORCASEWHENTHEUNITIS
OPENEDFORSERVICEORMAINTENANCE,ALLOWTHEUNITTOCOOLDOWN
BEFOREATTEMPTINGTOREMOVETHEDEFECTIVECAPACITOR.DONOTATTEMPT
TOSERVICEADEFECTIVECAPACITORWHILEITISHOTDUETOTHEPOSSIBILITYOFA
CASERUPTUREANDSUBSEQUENTINJURY.

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


FIRSTAID

Personnelengagedintheinstallation,operation,maintenanceorservicingofthisequipment
areurgedtobecomefamiliarwithfirstaidtheoryandpractices.Thefollowinginformationis
notintendedtobecompletefirstaidprocedures,itisabriefandisonlytobeusedasa
reference.Itisthedutyofallpersonnelusingtheequipmenttobepreparedtogiveadequate
EmergencyFirstAidandtherebypreventavoidablelossoflife.

TreatmentofElectricalBurns

1. Extensiveburnedandbrokenskin
a. Coverareawithcleansheetorcloth.(Cleanestavailablecloth
article.)
b. Donotbreakblisters,removetissue,removeadheredparticles
ofclothing,orapplyanysalveorointment.
c. Treatvictimforshockasrequired.
d. Arrangetransportationtoahospitalasquicklyaspossible.
e. Ifarmsorlegsareaffectedkeepthemelevated.

NOTE:
Ifmedicalhelpwillnotbeavailablewithinanhourandthevictimisconsciousand
notvomiting,givehimaweaksolutionofsaltandsoda:1levelteaspoonfulofsalt
and1/2levelteaspoonfulofbakingsodatoeachquartofwater(neitherhotor
cold).Allowvictimtosipslowlyabout4ounces(ahalfofglass)overaperiodof15
minutes.Discontinuefluidifvomitingoccurs.(Donotgivealcohol.)

2. Lesssevereburns(1st&2nddegree)
a. Applycool(noticecold)compressesusingthecleanestavailable
clotharticle.
b. Donotbreakblisters,removetissue,removeadheredparticles
ofclothing,orapplysalveorointment.
c. Applycleandrydressingifnecessary.
d. Treatvictimforshockasrequired.
e. Arrangetransportationtoahospitalasquicklyaspossible.
f. Ifarmsorlegsareaffectedkeepthemelevated.

REFERENCE:
ILLINOISHEARTASSOCIATION
AMERICANREDCROSSSTANDARDFIRSTAIDANDPERSONALSAFETYMANUAL
(SECONDEDITION)

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


GuidetoUsingPartsListInformation
TheReplaceablePartsListIndexportraysatreestructurewiththemajoritemsbeingleftmostintheindex.The
examplebelowshowstheTransmitterasthehighestiteminthetreestructure.Ifyouweretolookatthebillof
materialstablefortheTransmitteryouwouldfindtheControlCabinet,thePACabinet,andtheOutputCabinet.
IntheReplaceablePartsListIndextheControlCabinet,PACabinet,andOutputCabinetshowupone
indentationlevelbelowtheTransmitterandimpliesthattheyareusedintheTransmitter.TheControllerBoard
isindentedonelevelbelowtheControlCabinetsoitwillshowupinthebillofmaterialfortheControlCabinet.
Thetreestructureofthissameindexisshowntotherightofthetableandshowsindentationlevelversustree
structurelevel.
ExampleofReplaceablePartsListIndexandequivalenttreestructure:

ReplaceablePartsListIndexPartNumberPage Transmitter
995 9283 001
Table71.Transmitter 995928300172
Table72.ControlCabinet 981924400273 Control Cabinet PA Cabinet Output Cabinet
981 9244 002 981 9400 002 981 9450 001
Table73.ControllerBoard 901834400276
Table74.PACabinet 981940000277
Controller Board PA Amplifier
Table75.PAAmplifier 971789400279
901 8344 002 971 7894 002
Table76. PAAmplifierBoard9017904002710
Table77.OutputCabinet 9819450001712 PA Amplifier Board
901 7904 002

Thepartnumberoftheitemisshowntotherightofthedescriptionasisthepageinthemanualwherethebill
forthatpartnumberstarts.Insidetheactualtables,fourmainheadingsareused:
Table##.ITEMNAMEPARTNUMBERthislinegivestheinformationthatcorrespondstotheReplace
ablePartsListIndexentry;
PARTNUMBERcolumngivesthetendigitHarrisBroadcastpartnumber(usuallyinascendingorder);
DESCRIPTIONcolumngivesa25characterorlessdescriptionofthepartnumber;
REF.SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONScolumn1)givesthereferencedesignatorsfortheitem(i.e.,C001,R102,
etc.)thatcorrespondstothenumberfoundintheschematics(C001inabillofmaterialisequivalenttoC1
ontheschematic)or2)givesaddedinformationorfurtherexplanation(i.e.,Usedfor208Voperation
only,orUsedforHT10LSonly,etc.).

NOTE:Insidetheindividualtablessomestandardconventionsareused:
A#symbolinfrontofacomponentsuchas#C001undertheREF.SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONScolumnmeans
thatthisitemisusedonorwithC001andisnottheactualpartnumberforC001.
Inthetendigitpartnumbers,ifthelastthreenumbersare000,theitemisapartthathasbeenpurchased
andhasnotmanufacturedormodified.Ifthelastthreenumbersareotherthan000,theitemiseither
manufacturedorispurchasedfromavendorandmodifiedforuseintheHarrisBroadcastproduct.
Thefirstthreedigitsofthetendigitpartnumbertellwhichfamilythepartnumberbelongstoforexam
ple,allelectrolytic(can)capacitorswillbeinthesamefamily(524xxxx000).Ifanelectrolytic(can)capaci
torisfoundtohavea9xxxxxxxxxpartnumber(anumberoutsideofthenormalfamilyofnumbers),ithas
probablybeenmodifiedinsomemanneratthefactoryandwillthereforeshowupfartherdownintothe
individualpartslist(becauseeachtableisnormallysortedinascendingorder).MostHarrisBroadcast
madeormodifiedassemblieswillhave9xxxxxxxxxnumbersassociatedwiththem.
ThetermSEEHIGHERLEVELBILLinthedescriptioncolumnimpliesthatthereferencedesignatedpartnumber
willshowupinabillthatishigherinthetreestructure.Thisisoftenthecaseforcomponentsthatmaybe
frequencydeterminantorvoltagedeterminantandarecalledoutinahigherlevelbillstructurethatismore
customerdependentthanthebillatalowerlevel.

WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


TableofContents
Section1Introduction InitialTurnOn .............................213
UserRemoteControlConnection .............215
PurposeofThisManual ...................... 11
TechnicalSupport........................... 11
FAXOptionsandSparePartsKits ............... 12 Section3Operation
FAX5/10Options........................... 12 Introduction ...............................31
FAX20Options ............................ 12 ControlsandIndicators ......................31
FAX30Options ............................ 13 FrontPanelControlsandIndicators...........31
FAX40Options ............................ 13 InternalControlsandIndicators...............33
ExciterOptions............................ 13 RFSampleandRTACPorts ..................35
FAXSparePartsKits........................ 14 FrontPanelOperation.......................35
FAXTransmitterDescriptionandFeatures ....... 14 ON/OFFOperation.........................36
FAX5/10Photos/Mechanical/Cooling/ElectricalData15 PowerRaise/LowerProcedure ...............36
FAX20Photos/Mechanical/Cooling/ElectricalData19 RemoteEnable/DisableButtons.............36
FAX30Photos/Mechanical/Cooling/ElectricalData112 LCDNavigationTutorial......................37
FAX40Photos/Mechanical/Cooling/ElectricalData115 PowerButtonMenu ........................39
FAXSpecifications(AllModels) ................118 StatusButtonMenus ........................39
SelectingLocationforTransmitterPlacement ...119 STATUS>LOGMenu .......................312
Cooling ...................................119 STATUS>EXCITERMenu ....................313
GroundingRequirements ....................121 STATUS>DriveChainMenu.................313
ACRequirements...........................121 STATUS>POWERAMPMenu................314
SurgeSuppressionDevices .................121 STATUS>OUTPUTMenu ...................314
VoltageRegulation ........................121 STATUS>POWERSUPPLIESMenu ............316
STATUS>SYSTEMMenu....................316
RFLineRequirements .......................122
STATUS>>SWREVISIONS ...................317
STATUS>>TEST ...........................317
Section2Installation SETUPButton.............................318
Introduction................................ 21 TransmitterSetup/ConfigurationandCalibration 320
Unpacking ................................. 21 SETUP>TXCONTROLMenu.................320
ReturnsandExchanges ....................... 21 SETUP>SYSTEMSETUPMenu ...............321
TransmitterDocumentation ................... 21 SETUP>TXCONFIGURATION ...............321
InstallationandOutlineDrawings............. 21 SETUP>TXCALIBRATE .....................321
PersonnelandEquipmentProtection........... 22 SETUP>TXCALIBRATE>TXPOWERCALMenu..321
SafetyCircuits ............................. 22 SETUP>TXCALIBRATE>POWERSUPPLYSET....322
Installation ................................. 23 SETUP>TXCALIBRATE>AIRFLOWSET .........322
RemoveShippingMaterials .................. 23 SETUP>TXCALIBRATE>PWRBLOCKCAL ......323
SettingTransmitterinPlace.................. 23 SETUP>TXCALIBRATE>REJLOADCAL.........324
RackMountingFAX5/10 ..................... 24 SETUP>TXCALIBRATE>CALRESTORE.........324
EquipmentGround.......................... 25 SETUP>EXCITERSETUP ....................324
ExciterTransmitterInterconnection ............ 26 SETUP>NETWORKSETUP ..................325
InstallingANonHarrisBroadcastExciter ....... 27 SETUP>DISPLAYMODE ....................326
SETUP>RESTOREDEFAULTS.................326
RFConnections............................. 29
RemoteGraphicalUserInterface(GUI) ........326
ACPowerRequirementsandConnection ........ 29
GUIHOMESCREEN .......................328
ACConnectionwithoutDistributionPanel ....210
EventLogMenu ..........................329
ACConnectionwithDistributionPanel .......213
System>SystemSetupMenu ...............330
CoolingInstallation .........................213

1
Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


TableofContents
System>SystemSetup>SystemServiceMenu.. 330 RejectLoadCalibration(Power/FanSpeed)FAX20/30/40
System>SystemSetup>SystemConfigMenu .. 331 Only ...................................520
System>SystemSetup>NetworkMenu ....... 331 BackupControlModePowerSetting .........521
System>SystemSetup>Network>SNMPMenu. 332 UPSModePowerSetup ....................521
System>SystemSetup>Network>NTPMenu .. 332 IPABypassFAX5/10Only ...................521
SYSTEM>SystemSetup>Network>ISPMenu... 333 BoardandAssemblyReplacementProcedures ..522
BackplaneBoardReplacement..............522
Section4Theory SystemInterfaceControlBoardReplacement ..523
MultiUnitSystemInterfaceBoardReplacement525
FAXTransmitterConfigurations ............... 41
ControlandDisplayBoardReplacement ......526
10kWRFBlockDiagramDescription.......... 41
14WayPowerSplitterAssemblyReplacement . 527
FAX5RFBlockDiagram ..................... 43
14WayCombinerAssemblyReplacement ....528
FAX20RFBlockDiagram .................... 44
FAX30RFBlockDiagram .................... 45
FAX40RFBlockDiagram .................... 46 Section6Diagnostics
SystemAPC .............................. 46 Introduction................................ 61
PAModuleDescription ..................... 48 TroubleshootingTables ....................... 61
PowerSupplySystemDescription............ 49 LEDIndicatorExplanation ................... 61
FanControlBoardDescription .............. 410 TransmitterFrontPanelControllerLEDIndicators61
FrontPanelControl/DisplayBoardDescription 411 SystemInterfaceControlModuleLEDIndicators 63
SystemInterfaceControlBoardDescription ... 412 TelnetSession .............................. 66

Section5Maintenance Section7PartsList
Introduction............................... 51 ExplodedView10kWPowerBlock ............. 71
SafetyPrecautions......................... 51 ACDistributionPanelParts(AllModels) ......... 74
DipswitchSettings.......................... 51 FAX20/30/40SpecificParts.................... 74
TransmitterCleaning........................ 57 RejectLoadParts .......................... 75
AirFilterReplacementProcedure............ 58 Splitters/Combiners........................ 75
PAModuleCleaningProcedure.............. 58
PeriodicCleaningandInspection ............ 59
DateandTimeBattery ...................... 510
PA/PSReplacement........................ 511
ChangingPA,IPA,&PowerSupplyModules ... 511
PowerSupplyModuleReplacementProcedure 512
ConfigurationFile,FaultLogsandSoftwareUpload513
ConfigFileSave/Upload................... 513
SaveConfigFile.......................... 513
UploadConfigFile ........................ 514
SoftwareUpdateProcedure ................ 514
Retrieving/PrintingFaultLogs .............. 515
SystemCalibrationProcedures ............... 516
SystemForward/ReflectedPowerCalibration . 516
PowerBlockPowerCalibrationFAX20/30/40Only517
TransmitterAirFlowCalibration ............ 518
ExciterPowerCalibration/SwitchoverThreshold519
PowerSupplyVoltageSet .................. 520

2
Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast.

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 11
October 28, 2013

1 Section-1 Introduction

1.1 Purpose of This Manual


Thismanualprovidesimportantinformationfortheproperinstallation,operationandmaintenanceoftheFlexiva
FAXSeriesoftransmittersincludingthe5kW,10kW,20kW,30kW,and40kWsystems.Thevarioussectionsofthe
manualprovidethefollowingtypesofinformation.
Section1:Identifiestheoptionsavailableincludingsparepartskits.Providesdetailedinformationrequired
priortotheinstallationofthetransmitter,includingmechanical,coolingandelectricaldata,Ground
ing,ACMainsrequirementsandRFtransmissionlineinformation.
Section2:Detailstheproperstepstoinstallthetransmitterandputtingitontheairforthefirsttime.
Section3:Providesdetailedinformationonhowtoproperlyoperatethetransmitter.
Section4:DetailstheTheoryofOperationofthetransmitter.
Section5:Maintenance,detailedstepstoclean,calibrateandchangemodulesinthetransmitter.
Section6:Troubleshooting,includedasaserviceaidtobeusedalongwithsections4and5byqualifiedperson
neltoidentifyandcorrectanequipmentmalfunction.

1.2 Technical Support


HarrisBroadcastoffers24hourtelephonetechnicalsupportforallradioandtelevisionproductsfromtheUnited
States.Togetthebestassistanceasquicklyaspossiblepleasehavethetransmittermodelandserialnumberready
whencallingorsendinganemail.
24hourTechnicalSupportandPartsPhone12172228200(followprompts)
24hourTechnicalSupportandPartsFAX12172217086(followprompts)
TechnicalSupportEmailAddresstsupport@harrisbroadcast.com
Websitewww.harrisbroadcast.com
Customerportalaccesscanbeobtainedviawww.harrisbroadcast.com/servicesandsupport.Customersmust
registerwithausernameandpasswordtogainaccessto;technicaldocumentation,softwareupgradesandservice
bulletins.
OfficesaroundtheGlobe:
NorthAmerica Europe
HarrisBroadcast HarrisBroadcastCommunications
3200WismannLane EskdaleRoad,Winnersh
Quincy,IllinoisUSA62301 Wokingham,Berkshire,U.K.RG415TS
telephone:+12172228200 telephone:+44(0)1189648100
facsimile:+12172217086 facsimile:+44(0)1189648054
email:tsupport@harrisbroadcast.com email:supporttx.emea@harrisbroadcast.com

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


12 Section-1 Introduction
October 28, 2013

Asia
HarrisCommunications(Shenzhen)Ltd. HarrisCommunications(China)
R3B2,HighTechIndustrialPark, Rm3711,CITICSquare
NanshanDist.,ShenzhenChina518057 1168NanjingRoad(W)
Telephone:+86(0)7556637928. Shanghai,China200041
facsimile:+86(0)7556637048 Telephone:+86(0)2152925660
email:Dpan@harrisbroadcast.com facsimile:+86(0)2152925955
email:Jmei@harrisbroadcast.com

1.3 FAX Options and Spare Parts Kits


ThissectionsummarizestheoptionsthatareavailableforpurchasewiththeHarrisBroadcastFAXtransmitters.The
FAXcanincorporateanyavailableHarrisBroadcastexciterinbothsingleanddualexciterconfigurations.Thereare
alsoanumberofsparepartskitsavailable,someofwhicharemodeldependant.Pleasesee8435614102infront
sectionofthedrawingpackageforyourmodeltransmitterforacompletelisting.

1.3.1 FAX5/10 Options


FAX5/10isasinglepowerblockandcanbepurchasedasastandalonetransmitterandrackedinacustomerrack.It
mayalsobepurchasedinaHarrisBroadcastrack.HarrisBroadcastcanprovidethreedifferentmodelracksforthe
FAX5/10transmitter.
DocumentationPackagePartNumber9435614093UnitsmanufacturedpriortoAugust2012
DocumentationPackagePartNumber9435614476UnitsmanufacturedaftertoAugust2012
HarrisBroadcastBasicRack981013601237RURackwithreardoor
HarrisBroadcastBasicRack9810136011BasicRack,plusRFLinetotop
HarrisBroadcastDeluxeRack9810136004BasicrackplusACPowerDistributionPanel

3PhaseDelta ..... 9710054035


3PhaseWye....... 9710054036
1Phase............... 9710054037
220VACStrip...... 2530253000
120VACStrip..... 2530254000

VentedRearDoor9435602481Replacessolidpaneldoor
AirPlenumKit9810031027GFitsfrontofHarrisBroadcastRackonly
RemoteControlBreakoutBoard9010218201GTConvertsconnectionsfromdB25toScrewterminals

1.3.2 FAX20 Options


TheFAX20requiresaHarrisBroadcastrackduethemountingofthepowerblockcombinerandassociatedreject
load.ThebasicrackcomeswiththeRFlineinstalledtotopoftherack.TheACdistributionisanoptioninthedeluxe
rack.

DocumentationPackagePartNumber9435614187UnitsmanufacturedpriortoAugust2012
DocumentationPackagePartNumber9435614321UnitsmanufacturedaftertoAugust2012

3PhaseDelta ..... 9710054038


3PhaseWye....... 9710054039
1Phase............... 9710054040
220VACStrip...... 2530253000
120VACStrip...... 2530254000

VentedRearDoor9435602481Replacessolidpaneldoor
AirPlenumKit9810031052FitsfrontofHarrisBroadcastRackonly
RemoteControlBreakoutBoard9010218201GTConvertsconnectionsfromdB25toScrewterminals

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 13
October 28, 2013

1.3.3 FAX30 Options


TheFAX30requiresaHarrisBroadcastrackduethemountingofthepowerblockcombinersandassociatedreject
loads.ThebasicrackcomeswiththeRFlineinstalledtotopoftherackandcanbepurchasedwithouttheAC
DistributionPanel.NosinglephaseACDistributionPanelavailableforthismodel.TousesinglephasetotheFAX30,
usethreefeedswithbreakersinawallmountedpanelexternaltothetransmitterrack.

DocumentationPackagePartNumber9435614341UnitsmanufacturedpriortoAugust2012
DocumentationPackagePartNumber9435614478UnitsmanufacturedaftertoAugust2012

3PhaseDelta ..... 9710054041


3PhaseWye....... 9710054042
220VACStrip...... 2530253000
120VACStrip...... 2530254000

VentedRearDoor9435602481Replacessolidpaneldoor(2required)
AirPlenumKit9810031052FitsfrontofHarrisBroadcastRackonly(2required)
RemoteControlBreakoutBoard9010218201GTConvertsconnectionsfromdB25toScrewterminals

1.3.4 FAX40 Options


TheFAX40requiresaHarrisBroadcastrackduethemountingofthepowerblockcombinersandassociatedreject
loads.ThebasicrackcomeswiththeRFlineinstalledtotopoftherackandcanbepurchasedwithouttheAC
DistributionPanel.NosinglephaseACDistributionPanelavailableforthismodel.TousesinglephasetotheFAX40,
usefourfeedswithbreakersinawallmountedpanelexternaltothetransmitterrack.
DocumentationPackagePartNumber9435614342UnitsmanufacturedpriortoAugust2012
DocumentationPackagePartNumber9435614478UnitsmanufacturedaftertoAugust2012

3PhaseDelta ..... 9710054043


3PhaseWye....... 9710054044
220VACStrip...... 2530253000
120VACStrip...... 2530254000

VentedRearDoor9435602481Replacessolidpaneldoor(2required)
AirPlenumKit9810031052FitsfrontofHarrisBroadcastRackonly(2required)
RemoteControlBreakoutBoard9010218201GTConvertsconnectionsfromdB25toScrewterminals

1.3.5 Exciter Options


ThefollowingExcitersareavailableforinstallationintoanyoftheFAXmodels.Thesecanbeinsingleordualexciter
configurations.ThereisalsoanoptionformountingtheexciterexternaltotheFAXrackeither25or50feetaway.
Pleaseseeexcitermanualforthevariousoptionsavailableforeachmodel.FortheFAXtransmittertooperateinany
HDmodeorinSplitLevelCombinedmode,aHarrisBroadcastFlexStarExciterwithcorrectoptionsisrequired.
FAX509950093001
FlexstarHDExciter9950012001
DigitDFMExciter9949410005
MicromaxExciterHARMICROMAXANALOG
MicromaxExciterHARMICROMAXDIGITAL(AESAudiocapable)
Singleexcitercables(foraddingsecondexciter)Standardlength9529266015
DualexcitercablesStandardlength9529266016
Externalmount25footcables(Singleexciters)9529266067
Externalmount50footcables(Singleexciters)9529266068
Externalmount25footcables(Dualexciters)9529266069
Externalmount50footcables(Dualexciters)9529266070

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


14 Section-1 Introduction
October 28, 2013

1.3.6 FAX Spare Parts Kits


Thefollowingspareskitsareavailable.
FAXSparePartsKit(ALLMODELS):
ModuleSpares9901201001Contains1eachPAandPSmodules

FAXSparePartsKitFAX20/30/40:
BoardSpares20K9901201010Contains1eachofthecontrolandinterfaceboards

FAXSparePartsKitFAX5/10:
BoardSpares10K9901201002Contains1eachofthecontrolandinterfaceboards
BasicSpares10K9901201003Containsfusesandafan

FAXSparePartsKitFAX20:
BasicSpares20K9901201004Containsfuses,2fans,andrejectloadresistor

FAXSparePartsKitFAX30/40:
BasicSpares30/40K9901201007Containsfuses,2fans,andrejectloadresistor

1.4 FAX Transmitter Description and Features


TheFlexivaFAXseriestransmittersarebuiltbasedona10kWbuildingpowerblock.TheFAX10transmitterhasone
powerblock,theFAX5usesthesamepowerblockasaFAX10butfewerPAmodulesandpowersupplies.Forthe
higherpowertransmittersFAX20/30/40,multiple10kWpowerblocksarecombinedusinghybridcombinersto
achievetheirratedpower.Alltransmittersutilizethesamecontrolcardsandsoftware.
FAXTransmitterFeatures
FMaircooledtransmitter
QuadModeoperationinFM,FM+HD,HDandDRM+
BroadbanddesignandfrequencyagileacrosstheFMBand88108MHz
HotPluggablePowerSuppliesandPowerAmplifiers
IncorporatesmultipleHarrisBroadcastexcitermodelsaswellasothermanufacturersdualexcitercapability
ControlviaParallelI/O,EthernetandSNMP
RoHS7CECompliant
TypicalefficiencyACtoRFof70%
HasbackuphardwarecontrolifMicroModulewouldfail
SFN,Main/AltandN+1Systemsavailable

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 15
October 28, 2013

1.5 FAX5/10 Photos/Mechanical/Cooling/Electrical Data

Exciter B Flexiva
FAX 10kW
Exciter A
Transmitter

10kW
Transmitter

Figure 1-1 FAX5/10 Transmitter System Front View


TheFAX10transmittersystemshownissetupwithdualexciterstoprovideredundancyforadditionalonair
reliability.ExciterAinthelowerpositionintherackisalwaysthemainexciterinthesystem.TheupperExciterBis
alwaysthebackupexciterinthesystem.ThesepositionsholdtrueforallmodelofhighpowerFAXTransmitters.
TheFAX5isthesamechassisandhardwarebutcontainsfourlesspoweramplifiersandthreelesspowersupply
modules.SeeSection4fordetaileddifferencesbetweenFAX5andFAX10.

Note
For Outline drawing and Rack mechanical information see drawing 843-5614-103 in the documentation
package. The Electrical and HVAC contractors should be provided a copy of this drawing for reference.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


16 Section-1 Introduction
October 28, 2013

Figure 1-2 FAX5/10 in Harris Broadcast Deluxe Rack Rear View

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 17
October 28, 2013

ELECTRICAL / COOLING / MECHANICAL DATA


HARRIS FAX 5K, 5 kW FM TRANSMITTER

All table values referenced to maximum power from FCC type notification range and minmum efficiency values.

PARAMETER NAME VALUE

ELECTRICAL
Nominal output power 5000 W (FM)
FCC type-notified output FM+HD HD Only
power range
FM Only
-20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc
Minimum (W) 550 550 550 550 550 550 550
Maximum(W) 5500 4500 3500 2650 2000 1850 1550
Power consumption Typical (W) 7563
(5.5 kW output in FM mode) Maximum (W) 8127
AC power factor 0.99 Typical
FM FM + HD (Typical) HD Only (Typical)
Overall efficiency, AC input Minimum Typical -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc
to RF output
67% 72% 60% 53% 50% 42% 42% 42%
Three/Four-wire M5 screw terminal lugs. #14 - #6 Gauge screw lugs supplied single-phase, delta, or wye service, as factory configured.
AC mains configuration Customer supplied circuit breaker/disconnect panel.

AC input voltage (nominal) 190-264VAC 50Hz/60Hz single-phase, 3ph delta, or 330-460VAC four wire 3PH WYE
FM FM+HD HD Only
AC protection size (Notes 1)
3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH
208-240VAC 30A 2 x 2P 25A 30A 2 x 2P 25A 20A 2 x 2P 15A
330-460VAC 20A 20A 10A
Recommended AC FM FM+HD HD Only
Conductor Size, #THHW
Wire (NOTE 2) 3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH

2 2 2 2 2 2
208-240VAC #10 AWG (6mm ) 2 x #12 AWG (4mm ) #10 AWG (6mm ) 2 x #12 AWG (4mm ) #12 AWG (4mm ) #14 AWG (2.5mm )
380-415VAC #12 AWG (4mm2) #12 AWG (4mm2) #14 AWG (2.5mm2)
FM FM+HD HD Only
MAX Line Amps per phase
3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH
208VAC 23A 39A 21A 36A 13A 23A
380VAC 12A 12A 7A
AC safety ground via third wire of mains inlets (PE green wire). AC safety ground should have unbroken connection back to earth post at mains
Grounding/Earthing distribution panel. Threaded ground stud provided on rear of amplifier chassis for connection to rack buss-bar where required by prevailing safety
norms. Connection should be via unpainted surfaces and soldered/brazed for low resistance.
COOLING
3
Cooling air volume 500 cfm (14.2 m /min) maximum
Cool air enters via front panel door with integral air filter. Heated air exhausts via four ventilated areas on amplifier rear door. Each air outlet has
Air inlet/outlet size
approximately 150 mm diameter (6). One replacement inlet air filter shipped with each unit. Customized rack with ducted air output and/or input
See note 3 for dimensions available as option.

FM + HD HD
Heat loads at MAX Output FM
-20dBc -14dBc -10dBc -20dBc -14dBc -10dBc
Watts 2709 3000 3104 2650 2762 2555 2140
BTU / h 9251 10245 10599 9050 9432 8725 7310
Tons 0.8 0.9 0.88 0.75 0.79 0.73 0.61
MECHANICAL
Transmitter size Inches Millimeters
Width 19 482.6
Depth 29 736.6
Height 27.97 (16RU) 710.4
Weight Empty Less PAs and Power Supplies 145 lbs 66 kg Full 205 lbs 93 kg
Harmonic filter Internal harmonic filter that meets or exceeds all FCC, CCIR and ITU requirments
RF output connector 1-5/8 EIA unflange, male, upper left rear of cabinet
Parallel remote control interface 25-pin female D-sub connector. Optional D-sub connector to terminal board kit available. Web-based
Remote control connections
control/SNMP available via RJ45 connector interfaces located on rear of amplifier chassis and front door.
NOTES:
1. Wall-mounted circuit breakers are customer-supplied item. Note: IEC B curve = 3x-5x inrush current.
2. Wiresize recommendations based on 90oC THHW and 50oC ambient derating factor. All transmitter wiring should be done in conformance with prevailing electrical codes.
3. See Harris drawing 8435614383 for complete dimensional information

RJH 9/12/12

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


18 Section-1 Introduction
October 28, 2013

ELECTRICAL / COOLING / MECHANICAL DATA


HARRIS FAX 10K, 10 kW FM TRANSMITTER

All table values referenced to maximum power from FCC type notification range and minmum efficiency values.

PARAMETER NAME VALUE

ELECTRICAL
Nominal output power 10000 W (FM)
FCC type-notified output FM+HD HD Only
power range
FM Only
-20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc
Minimum (W) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Maximum(W) 11000 9000 7000 5300 4000 3700 3100
Power consumption Typical (W) 15125
(11 kW output in FM mode) Maximum (W) 16254
AC power factor 0.99 Typical
FM FM + HD (Typical) HD Only (Typical)
Overall efficiency, AC input Minimum Typical -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc
to RF output
67% 72% 60% 53% 50% 42% 42% 42%
Three/Four-wire M5 screw terminal lugs. #14 - #6 Gauge screw lugs supplied single-phase, delta, or wye service, as factory
AC mains configuration configured. Customer supplied circuit breaker/disconnect panel.

AC input voltage (nominal) 190-264VAC 50Hz/60Hz single-phase, 3ph delta, or 330-460VAC four wire 3PH WYE
FM FM+HD HD Only
AC protection size (Notes 1)
3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH
208-240VAC 60A 2 x 2P 50A 60A 2 x 2P 50A 35A 2P 35A
330-460VAC 35A 30A 20A
Recommended AC FM FM+HD HD Only
Conductor Size, #THHW
Wire (NOTE 2) 3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH

2 2 2 2 2 2
208-240VAC #6 AWG (16mm ) 2 x #6 AWG (16mm ) #6 AWG (16mm ) 2 x #8 AWG (10mm ) #8 AWG (10mm ) 2 x #8 AWG (10mm )
380-415VAC #8 AWG (10mm2) #8 AWG (10mm2) #10 AWG (6mm2)
FM FM+HD HD Only
MAX Line Amps per phase
3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH
208VAC 46A 79A 42A 73A 27A 46A
380VAC 25A 23A 15A
AC safety ground via third wire of mains inlets (PE green wire). AC safety ground should have unbroken connection back to earth post at mains
Grounding/Earthing distribution panel. Threaded ground stud provided on rear of amplifier chassis for connection to rack buss-bar where required by prevailing
safety norms. Connection should be via unpainted surfaces and soldered/brazed for low resistance.
COOLING
3
Cooling air volume 1000 cfm (28 m /min) maximum
Cool air enters via front panel door with integral air filter. Heated air exhausts via four ventilated areas on amplifier rear door. Each air outlet has
Air inlet/outlet size
approximately 150 mm diameter (6). One replacement inlet air filter shipped with each unit. Customized rack with ducted air output and/or input
See note 3 for dimensions available as option.

FM + HD HD
Heat loads at MAX Output FM
-20dBc -14dBc -10dBc -20dBc -14dBc -10dBc
Watts 5418 6000 6208 5300 5524 5110 4281
BTU / h 18502 20490 21199 18100 18864 17449 14619
Tons 1.5 1.7 1.77 1.51 1.57 1.45 1.22
MECHANICAL
Transmitter size Inches Millimeters
Width 19 482.6
Depth 29 736.6
Height 27.97 (16RU) 710.4
Weight Empty Less PAs and Power Supplies 150 lbs 68 kg Full 276 lbs 125 kg
Harmonic filter Internal harmonic filter that meets or exceeds all FCC, CCIR and ITU requirments
RF output connector 1-5/8 EIA unflange, male, upper left rear of cabinet
Parallel remote control interface 25-pin female D-sub connector. Optional D-sub connector to terminal board kit available. Web-based
Remote control connections
control/SNMP available via RJ45 connector interfaces located on rear of amplifier chassis and front door.
NOTES:
1. Wall-mounted circuit breakers are customer-supplied item. Note: IEC B curve = 3x-5x inrush current.
2. Wiresize recommendations based on 90oC THHW and 50oC ambient derating factor. All transmitter wiring should be done in conformance with prevailing electrical codes.
3. See Harris drawing 8435614383 for complete dimensional information

DGV 8/22/12

Figure 1-3 FAX10 Cooling/Mechanical/Electrical Data

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 19
October 28, 2013

1.6 FAX20 Photos/Mechanical/Cooling/Electrical Data

Figure 1-4 FAX20 Transmitter Front View


TheFAX20transmitteriscomprisedoftwo10kWPowerBlockscombinedtomake20kW.TheFAX20comes
standardinaHarrisBroadcastdeluxerackwithRFlinetothetopoftherackandtheACPowerDistributionpanel
installed.AllFAXModelscoveredinthismanualhavedualexcitercapability.

Note
For Outline drawing and Rack mechanical information see drawing 843-5614-103 in the documentation
package. The Electrical and HVAC contractors should be provided a copy of this drawing for reference.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


110 Section-1 Introduction
October 28, 2013

Figure 1-5 FAX20 Transmitter Rear View

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 111
October 28, 2013

ELECTRICAL / COOLING / MECHANICAL DATA


HARRIS FAX20, 20 kW FM TRANSMITTER
All table values referenced to maximum power from FCC type notification range and minmum efficiency values.

PARAMETER NAME VALUE

ELECTRICAL
Nominal output power 20000 W (FM)
FCC type-notified output
FM Only FM+HD HD Only
power range -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc
Minimum (W) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Maximum(W) 22000 18000 14000 10700 8000 7400 6200
Power consumption Typical (W) 30250
(22 kW output in FM mode) Maximum (W) 32507
AC power factor 0.99 Typical
FM FM + HD (Typical) HD Only (Typical)
Overall efficiency, AC input Minimum Typical -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc
to RF output
67% 72% 60% 53% 50% 42% 42% 42%
AC mains configuration Single-phase, delta, or wye service, as factory configured. Customer supplied circuit breaker/disconnect panel.

AC input voltage (nominal) 190-264VAC 50Hz/60Hz single-phase, 3ph delta, or 330-460VAC four wire 3PH WYE
AC protection size per phase FM FM+HD HD Only
(Notes 1) 3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH
208-240VAC 125A 200A 110A 200A 70A 125A
330-460VAC 70A 60A 40A
Recommended AC FM FM+HD HD Only
Conductor Size, #THHW
Wire (NOTE 2) 3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH

2 2 2 2 2
208-240VAC #1 AWG (50mm ) #4/0 (120mm ) #2 AWG (35mm ) #4/0 (120mm ) #4 AWG (25mm ) #1 AWG (50mm2)
330-460VAC #4 AWG (25mm2) #6 AWG (16mm2) #8 AWG (10mm2)
FM FM+HD HD Only
Line amps per phase
3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH 3PH 1PH
208VAC 91A 158A 84A 146A 53A 93A
380VAC 50A 46A 29A
AC safety ground via third wire of mains inlets (PE green wire). AC safety ground should have unbroken connection back to earth post at mains distribution
panel. Threaded ground stud provided on rear of amplifier chassis for connection to rack buss-bar where required by prevailing safety norms. EIA rack
Grounding/Earthing housing transmitter should be connected via copper strap to station RF ground. Connection should be via unpainted surfaces and soldered/brazed for low
resistance.
COOLING
Cooling air volume 2000 cfm (56 m3/min) maximum
Cool air enters via 2 front panel doors with integral air filter. Heated air exhausts via two ventilated areas on top of rack. 34.5cm (13.6) x 28.2cm (11.1)
Air inlet/outlet size
Two replacement inlet air intake filters shipped with each unit. Ducted air output and/or input available as option.
See note 3 for dimensions

FM + HD HD
Heat loads at MAX Output FM
-20dBc -14dBc -10dBc -20dBc -14dBc -10dBc
Watts 10836 12000 12415 10700 11048 10219 8562
BTU / h 37004 40980 42398 36541 37728 34898 29239
Tons 3.1 3.4 3.53 3.05 3.14 2.91 2.44
MECHANICAL
Cabinet size Inches Millimeters
Width 22 558.8
Depth 37.52 953.0
Height 83.12 (44RU) 2111.2
Weight Empty Less PAs and Power Supplies 717 lbs 325 kg Full 1002 lbs 455 kg
Harmonic filter Internal harmonic filter that meets or exceeds all FCC, CCIR and ITU requirments
RF output connector 3-1/8 EIA flanged, with un-flanged adapter. Top, left rear corner of rack
Parallel remote control interface 25-pin female D-sub connector. Web-based control/SNMP over IP (Static or DHCP) via RJ45 connector interfaces located
Remote control connections on rear of amplifier chassis and front door. Front door RJ45 (static IP via DHCP server) for service.

NOTES:
1. Wall-mounted circuit breakers are customer-supplied item. Note: IEC B curve =3x-5x inrush current.
o o
2. Wiresize recommendations based on 90 C THHW and 50 C ambient derating factor. All transmitter wiring should be done in conformance with prevailing electrical codes.
3. See Harris drawing 8435614493 for complete dimensional information

DGV 8/2/12

Figure 1-6 FAX20 Cooling/Mechanical/Electrical Data

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


112 Section-1 Introduction
October 28, 2013

1.7 FAX30 Photos/Mechanical/Cooling/Electrical Data

Figure 1-7 FAX 30kW Transmitter Front View


TheFAX30transmitteriscomprisedofthree10kWPowerBlockscombinedtomake30kW.TheFAX30comes
standardinaHarrisBroadcastdeluxerackwithRFlinetothetopoftherackandtheACPowerDistributionpanel
installed.AllFAXModelscoveredinthismanualhavedualexcitercapability.

Note
For Outline drawing and Rack mechanical information see drawing 843-5614-308 in the documentation
package. The Electrical and HVAC contractors should be provided a copy of this drawing for reference.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 113
October 28, 2013

Figure 1-8 FAX30 Transmitter Rear View

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


114 Section-1 Introduction
October 28, 2013

ELECTRICAL / COOLING / MECHANICAL DATA


HARRIS FAX 30K, 30 kW FM TRANSMITTER
All table values referenced to maximum power from FCC type notification range and minmum efficiency values.

PARAMETER NAME VALUE

ELECTRICAL
Nominal output power 30000 W (FM)
FCC type-notified output
FM Only FM+HD HD Only
power range -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc
Minimum (W) 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Maximum(W) 33000 27000 21000 15900 12000 11000 9300
Power consumption Typical (W) 45375
(33 kW output in FM mode) Maximum (W) 49500
AC power factor 0.99 Typical
FM FM + HD (Typical) HD Only (Typical)
Overall efficiency, AC input Minimum Typical -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc
to RF output
66% 72% 59% 52% 50% 42% 42% 42%
AC mains configuration 3-phase delta or 4 wire wye service, as factory configured. Customer supplied circuit breaker/disconnect panel.

AC input voltage (nominal) 190-264VAC 50Hz/60Hz 3ph delta, or 330-460VAC four wire 3PH WYE
AC protection size per phase
FM FM+HD HD Only
(Notes 1)
208-240VAC 3PH 175A 150A 100A
330-460VAC 3PH 100A 80A 50A
Recommended AC
Conductor Size, #THHW FM FM+HD HD Only
Wire (NOTE 2)
2
208-240VAC #3/0 (95mm ) #2/0 (70mm2) #2 AWG (35mm2)
330-460VAC #2 AWG (35mm2) #4 AWG (25mm2) #6 AWG (16mm2)
Line amps per phase FM FM+HD HD Only
208VAC 139A 128A 80A
380VAC 76A 70A 44A
AC safety ground via third wire of mains inlets (PE green wire). AC safety ground should have unbroken connection back to earth post at mains
distribution panel. Threaded ground stud provided on rear of amplifier chassis for connection to rack buss-bar where required by prevailing safety norms.
Grounding/Earthing EIA rack housing transmitter should be connected via copper strap to station RF ground. Connection should be via unpainted surfaces and
soldered/brazed for low resistance.
COOLING
Cooling air volume 2400 cfm (68 m3/min) maximum
Cool air enters via 3 front panel doors with integral air filter. Heated air exhausts via three ventilated areas on top of rack. Three replacement inlet air
Air inlet/outlet intake filters shipped with each unit. Customized rack with ducted air output and/or input available as option.

FM + HD HD
Heat loads at MAX Output FM
-20dBc -14dBc -10dBc -20dBc -14dBc -10dBc
Watts 17000 18763 19385 15900 16571 15190 12843
BTU / h 58055 64075 66198 54299 56591 51875 43858
Tons 4.8 5.3 5.52 4.52 4.72 4.32 3.65
MECHANICAL
Cabinet size Inches Millimeters
Width 47.1 1196.3
Depth 37.52 953.0
Height 83.12 (44RU) 2111.2
Weight Complete Rack 1700 lbs 771.107 kg
Harmonic filter Internal harmonic filter that meets or exceeds all FCC, CCIR and ITU requirments
RF output connector 3-1/8 EIA flanged, with un-flanged adapter. Top, left rear corner of rack
Parallel remote control interface 25-pin female D-sub connector. Web-based control/SNMP over IP (Static or DHCP) via RJ45 connector interfaces
Remote control connections located on rear of amplifier chassis and front door. Front door RJ45 (static IP via DHCP server) for service.

NOTES:
1. Wall-mounted circuit breakers are customer-supplied item. Note: IEC C curve = 5x-10x inrush current.
2. Wiresize recommendations based on 90oC THHW and 50oC ambient derating factor. All transmitter wiring should be done in conformance with prevailing electrical codes.
3. See Harris drawing 8435614308 for complete dimensional information

DGV 8/2/12

Figure 1-9 FAX30 Cooling/Mechanical/Electrical Data

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 115
October 28, 2013

1.8 FAX40 Photos/Mechanical/Cooling/Electrical Data

Figure 1-10 FAX40 Transmitter Front View


TheFAX40transmitteriscomprisedoffour10kWPowerBlockscombinedtomake40kW.TheFAX40comes
standardinaHarrisBroadcastdeluxerackwithRFlinetothetopoftherackandtheACPowerDistributionpanel
installed.AllFAXModelscoveredinthismanualhavesingleexcitercapability.

Note
For Outline drawing and Rack mechanical information see drawing 843-5614-309 in the documentation
package. The Electrical and HVAC contractors should be provided a copy of this drawing for reference.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


116 Section-1 Introduction
October 28, 2013

Figure 1-11 FAX 40kW Transmitter Rear View Doors Open

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 117
October 28, 2013

ELECTRICAL / COOLING / MECHANICAL DATA


HARRIS FAX 40K, 40 kW FM TRANSMITTER
All table values referenced to maximum power from FCC type notification range and minmum efficiency values.

PARAMETER NAME VALUE

ELECTRICAL
Nominal output power 40000 W (FM)
FCC type-notified output
FM Only FM+HD HD Only
power range -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc
Minimum (W) 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Maximum(W) 44000 36000 28000 21200 16000 14800 12400
Power consumption Typical (W) 60500
(44 kW output in FM mode) Maximum (W) 66000
AC power factor 0.99 Typical
FM FM + HD (Typical) HD Only (Typical)
Overall efficiency, AC input Minimum Typical -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc -20 dBc -14 dBc -10 dBc
to RF output
66% 72% 59% 52% 50% 42% 42% 42%
AC mains configuration 3-phase delta or 4 wire wye service, as factory configured. Customer supplied circuit breaker/disconnect panel.

AC input voltage (nominal) 190-264VAC 50Hz/60Hz 3ph delta, or 330-460VAC four wire 3PH WYE
AC protection size per phase
FM FM+HD HD Only
(Notes 1)
208-240VAC 250A 225A 150A
330-460VAC 125A 125A 80A
Recommended AC
Conductor Size, #THHW FM FM+HD HD Only
Wire (NOTE 2)
2 2
208-240VAC 300kcmil (150mm ) 250kcmil (150mm ) #2/0 (70mm2)
330-460VAC #1 AWG (50mm2) #1 AWG (50mm )
2
#4 AWG (35mm )
2

Line amps per phase FM FM+HD HD Only


208VAC 185A 171A 107A
380VAC 101A 94A 58A
AC safety ground via third wire of mains inlets (PE green wire). AC safety ground should have unbroken connection back to earth post at mains
distribution panel. Threaded ground stud provided on rear of amplifier chassis for connection to rack buss-bar where required by prevailing safety norms.
Grounding/Earthing EIA rack housing transmitter should be connected via copper strap to station RF ground. Connection should be via unpainted surfaces and
soldered/brazed for low resistance.
COOLING
3
Cooling air volume 3200 cfm (90.6 m /min) maximum
Cool air enters via 3 front panel doors with integral air filter. Heated air exhausts via three ventilated areas on top of rack. Four replacement inlet air
Air inlet/outlet intake filters shipped with each unit. Customized rack with ducted air output and/or input available as option.

FM + HD HD
Heat loads at MAX Output FM
-20dBc -14dBc -10dBc -20dBc -14dBc -10dBc
Watts 22667 25017 25846 21200 22095 20438 17124
BTU / h 77407 85433 88265 72398 75455 69796 58478
Tons 6.5 7.1 7.36 6.03 6.29 5.82 4.87
MECHANICAL
Cabinet size Inches Millimeters
Width 47.1 1196.3
Depth 37.52 953.0
Height 83.12 (44RU) 2111.2
Weight Complete Rack 1850 lbs 839.146 kg
Harmonic filter Internal harmonic filter that meets or exceeds all FCC, CCIR and ITU requirments
RF output connector 4-1/16 EIA flanged, with un-flanged adapter. Top, left rear corner of rack
Parallel remote control interface 25-pin female D-sub connector. Web-based control/SNMP over IP (Static or DHCP) via RJ45 connector interfaces
Remote control connections located on rear of amplifier chassis and front door. Front door RJ45 (static IP via DHCP server) for service.

NOTES:
1. Wall-mounted circuit breakers are customer-supplied item. Note: IEC B curve = 3x-5x inrush current.
2. Wiresize recommendations based on 90oC THHW and 50oC ambient derating factor. All transmitter wiring should be done in conformance with prevailing electrical codes.
3. See Harris drawing 8435614309 for complete dimensional information

DGV 7/19/12

Figure 1-12 FAX40 Cooling/Mechanical/Electrical Data

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


118 Section-1 Introduction
October 28, 2013

1.9 FAX Specifications(All Models)


ForACmains/powerconsumption,mechanicalandothermodelspecificspecificationsandinformationseetheECM
sheetsinthissection.ForAllaudiospecsandfrequencystabilityseeexcitermanualthatcamewiththetransmitter.

Table 1-1 Specifications for all models transmitters

FrequencyRange 87.5108MHz

OperatingModes "QuadMode",FMOnly,FM+HD,HDOnly,SplitLevel

PowerStability 0.25dB

AsynchronousAM 55dBMinimumbelowequivalent100%amplitudemodulationby400Hzusing75Sec
deemphasis

SynchronousAM 50dBminimumbelowequivalent100%amplitudemodulationusing75Secde
emphasisand400Hzhighpassfilter(FMDeviation75kHzbya1kHzsinewave).
Measuredatwidebandinput

RFHarmonicandSpurious MeetsorexceedsallFCC,CCIRandITUrequirements
Suppression

VSWR Protectedagainstopenorshortcircuitatallphaseangles.Foldbackuseradjustablefrom
1.3to1.5:1.VSWRshutdownat1.5:1

Altitude Maximum9,843feet(3000M)elevationabovesealevel

AmbientTemperatureRange 32to113F(0to45C),derated35.6F(2C)per1000feet(300m)elevation

Humidity 95%Noncondensing

ParallelControl dB25femaleconnector,Statusoutputsopencollectormax24VDC/200mA.Command
inputsTTLoptoisolated.Analogoutputs0to5VDC.

WebInterface Ethernetrearportuserconfigurable;frontportlocaluse(DHCPServer)

SNMP SNMPVer1,2compliant,HarrisBroadcastBaseMIBandIRTMIBavailable

Exciter CapableofusinganyHarrisBroadcastornonHarrisBroadcastexciter

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 119
October 28, 2013

1.10 Selecting Location for Transmitter Placement


Selectingagoodlocationforthetransmittertobeplacedisveryimportant.Thereareseveralpointsthatshouldbe
consideredifthetransmitterisinanewlocationorbeingmovedtoanewbuilding.Readthrougheachpointto
ensureaproperandsafeinstallation.
Makesuredoorsintothesitearelargeenoughtoaccommodatethetransmitter.Doorwayheightcansome
timesbeaproblem.Ifthedoorsarenottallenoughextramanpowermayberequiredtogetthetransmitter
tippeddowntoclearthedoor.
Ensurethefloorwherethetransmitteristobeplacedcansupporttheweightofthetransmitter.SeetheECM
sheetsinthissectionfordimensionsandweightofyourmodel.
Thelocationshouldbeselectedsothereisenoughclearancearoundthetransmitterwiththedoorsopento
meetlocalelectricalandsafetycodes.
Breakersandordisconnectsshouldbewithinsightofthetransmitter.Ifpossiblethebestlocationisdirectly
behindthetransmitteronthewall.
Properlightningprotectionshouldbeinstalledinthebuildingbyaprofessionalelectricalcontractor.Ensure
thatitisinstalledasclosetotheACMainsentranceintothebuildingaswellasclosetothestationreference
ground.
IfthetransmitterisinstalledinahighRFenvironment,itisagoodpracticetoutilizecableferritesonallcon
ductorstominimizeRFinterference.
Donotinstallthetransmitterinplaceswhereitmaybeexposedtomechanicalshocks,excessivevibration,
dust,water,saltyair,oracidicgas.
Ifoutsideairisbroughtintothebuildingitshouldbewellfilteredtokeepdirtoutofthebuildingandthe
transmitter.SeeSection1.11Coolingforfurtherdetails.
Ambienttemperatureandrelativehumidityshouldalwaysrangebetweenthefollowinglimitsattheinstalla
tionlocation:
Ambienttemperature:0to+45oC
Relativehumidity:5to95%noncondensing

Note
Failure to follow these installation instructions may void the warranty.

PlantheRFtransmissionlinerunssothataminimumnumberofelbowsarerequired,thiswillallowforbest
performance.ItisusuallybesttoinstalltheRFlinefirst,sinceitiseasiertoworkarounditwiththeACcon
duitsandtheairhandlingduct.

1.11 Cooling
Flexivaseriestransmittersuseforcedaircoolingprovidedbymultipleinternalblowerstoremovetheheatgenerated
bythesignalgenerationandamplificationprocesses.Toavoidoperationalproblemsduetoexcessivetemperature,
thebloweropeningsmustnotbeblocked.ThetransmitterOutlineDrawing8435614103providesanindicationof
therelativelocationofthetransmitterblowersandthenecessaryclearancestorespect.
Airinputisfromthetransmitterfrontwithhotairexhaustattherearoftheamplifier.Whenfactoryrackintegration
hasbeenprovided,theexhaustairexitsthroughaventatthetopoftherack.Anoptionalintakeplenumisavailable
forHarrisBroadcastsuppliedrackstopermitconnectiontoanexternalductedairsystematthetopoftherackif
desired.
Whenthetransmittercomponentsaremountedinacustomersuppliedrack,caremustbetakennottooverheatthe
otherpiecesofequipmentalreadyinstalledintherack.TheexhaustfromtheFlexivaamplifierchassiswilltypically
be10oCto20oChotterthantheambientair.Inmanycases,thismaynecessitateuseofaventedrearrackdooror
removalofrearrackdooraltogether.Additionally,sufficientrearclearancemustbeleftbehindtheFlexivaamplifier
chassisexhaustports,typically15cm(6in.)orgreater.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


120 Section-1 Introduction
October 28, 2013

Figure 1-13 Cooling Intake/Exhaust

Note
Consult the data sheets in this section of the manual for details of cooling requirements for each FAX
model.

Ingeneral,transmittercoolingsystemsfallintotwocategories:
Anopensysteminwhichtheheatedtransmitterexhaustpassesthroughadedicatedducttotheoutsideofthe
transmitterbuilding.Thetransmittermayreceivefreshoutsideairdirectlythroughaseparateintakeductormay
receiveambientairfromthetransmitterhall,withthetransmitterhallbeingsuppliedmakeupairfromoutsideviaa
filteredinletvent.Withanopensystem,itisimperativetocorrectlybalancetheinputandoutputairflowvolumes,
payingparticularattentiontothepressuredropsinexternalductsandprovidingexternalblowerstoovercomethese
lossesandensurecorrectairflow.TheFlexivatransmitterinternalairsystemisdesignedtosupplysufficientairat
therequiredstaticpressuretocoolthetransmitteronlyandallexternalductlossesmustbecompensatedforby
externalblowers(thisincludestheoptionalintakeplenum).Outsideaircontainingsaltorpollutionmusthavethose
itemsremovedbyanadequatefiltrationsystem,andanypressuredropscausedbyfiltrationmustalsobe
considered.
Aclosedsysteminwhichthetransmitterexhaustsandinputsairdirectlytoandfromthetransmitterroom.The
transmitterroomisclosedtooutsideairandmakesuseofairconditioningunitstoremovetheresultingheat
buildup.Thistypeofsystemisrecommendedingeographicareaswithespeciallysalty,sulfuric,orotherwise
pollutedair.Withaclosedsystem,itisimperativetocorrectlybalancetheheatload.Thatis,tosizeandposition
theairconditioningunitsproperlytohandletheheatgeneratedbythetransmitter,ancillaryequipment,building
lighting,andevensolarradiationenteringthroughwindows.Inmayalsobedesirabletooversizetheair
conditioningsystemtoincludetheheatdissipatedbythestationtestload,wheninoperation.
FiguresforboththetransmitterheatloadandairflowvolumeareprovidedinthetransmitterOutlineDrawing843
5614103.Consultaprofessionalheatingandventilationexpertinyourareaforhelpindesigningthebuilding
coolingsystem.
Whentheinstallationistobemadeatahighaltitude,itwillbenecessarytoderatetheuppertemperaturerange.
TheHarrisBroadcasttransmitterisratedtooperatefrom0to+45Catsealevel.Theuppertemperaturerange
mustbederatedby2Cper300meters(1000feet)abovesealevel.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 121
October 28, 2013

1.12 Grounding Requirements


TwoseparategroundconnectionsarerequiredfortheFlexivaFAXseriestransmitter:anACsafetygroundandanRF
earthground.
TheACsafetygroundpreventsanelectrocutionhazardshouldadangerouspotentialfrominsidetheunit
accidentallycontactanexposedmetalsurface.Thisisdonebyensuringallmetalsurfaceshaveanuninterrupted
connectionbacktothephysicalearth(PE)terminalattheACmainsserviceentrance.Aphysicalearth(PE)
connectionistypicallytiedtothereturncurrentterminaleitherindoorsatthemaindistributionpaneloroutsideat
thepole(asdictatedbylocalcodes),thusallowinganyfaultcurrenttosafelyreturntothepowersource.
TheACsafetygroundconnectionismadeautomaticallyfortheexciterandotherHarrisBroadcastauxiliary
equipmentviathegreen/yellowwireonthethirdprongoftheACinputcord.Whentheexciterandanyauxiliary
equipmentareconnecteddirectlytoausersuppliedoutletboxordistributionpanel,thegreenyellowwirefrom
theACinputcord(s)mustterminateatthePEterminalattheACmainssource.
InthecaseofaHarrisBroadcastsuppliedACdistributionchassis,thegreen/yellowearthwirefromtheincomingAC
mainsserviceterminatesatthePEterminaloftheACdistributionchassis(groundsymbolinsidecircle).The
individualsubassembliesmakingupthetransmitterconnectviathegreen/yellowwireoftheirmainscordstothe
samePEterminalontheACdistributionchassis.
Whenpresent,arackbussbarwillalsoconnecttothePEterminal.Individualpanelsmakinguptherackcabinet
withoutasolid,permanentconnectionbacktothePEterminalthatmightbeexposedtounsafevoltages(e.g.doors
onhinges)willconnecttothePEterminalviaawirejumperconnectiontothebussbar.
TheRFearthgroundpreventsdamagetotheequipmentduringlightninginducedtransientsandreducesRF
interferencetolowlevelcircuitsingeneral.AnRFgroundstrapattachmentpointislocatedattherearoftheFAX
transmitterandexciterchassis.Thisconnectionissuitableforuseinasinglepointgroundingsystem,withthe
groundstrapattachedtotheequipmentrackandtherack,inturn,toacommongroundingplate.Aminimum2"
copperstrapisrecommended.

Note
Observe this important distinction: The AC safety ground ensures that energy originating at the AC mains
source is always safely returned to the AC mains source (i.e. prevents electrocution), whereas the RF earth
ground ensures that energy originating in the earth, such as lightning, safely returns to the earth. Con-
fusion may arise in some cases because the AC safety and RF earth ground circuits may share the same
conductor or connection point(s) in some situations. To prevent confusion, some sources refer to the AC
safety ground as bonding and the RF earth ground as earthing.

1.13 AC Requirements

1.13.1 Surge Suppression Devices


HarrisBroadcaststronglyrecommendstheuseofsurgeprotectiondevicesontheincomingACmainslines.These
devicesprotectagainstdamagesduetotransientsarisingfrombothnaturalandmanmadesources.(e.g.lightning
andinductiveloadswitching).Clearpreferenceistobegiventoseriestypesurgeprotectiondevicesfeaturing
protectionbybothaseriesinductance/shuntcapacitorfilterandshuntthresholddeviceoversimpleshuntonly
clampingdevices.Thesurgeprotectormustbesizedtohandlethefullamperageoftheloaditisprotecting(plusa
nominalsafetymargin)andbeconnectedtothebuildinggroundsystembyshort,directconnections.Inthecase
wheretheshuntprotectionelementsareprotectedbyafuse,itisnecessarytoperiodicallychecktheintegrityofthe
fusetoensurecontinuedtransientprotection.Consultthemanufactureroftheseproductsforbestdevicetobe
usedineachinstallation.

1.13.2 Voltage Regulation


Ifvoltagevariationsinexcessofthetransmitterspecifiedrangeareanticipated,thetransmitterpowerinputmustbe
equippedwithanAVR(automaticvoltageregulators)(optionalequipment)capableofcorrectingthemainsvoltage.
ThereareseveralfactorsthatneedtobetakenintoconsiderationwhenselectingtheproperAVR.Allthesefactors
shouldbediscussedwiththemanufacturerpriortopurchasingaunit.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


122 Section-1 Introduction
October 28, 2013

Amountoflinevariationexpected
LineVoltageandfrequency
Singleorthreephase
Currentoutputrequired
Correctiontype(individualorallthreephases)
Bypassswitchrequiredornot
Inputandoutputbreakersrequired
Surgearrestordevicesinstalled
Theregulatorshouldbesizedtakingintoaccountthetransmittersworstcasepowerconsumption,allassociated
equipmenttoberanfromtheAVRplus25%headroom.ThiswillensuretheAVRstaysinregulationandnottrip
breakersunderheavyloadsandstartup.

For3Phaseapplications,itispreferredthattheAVRcorrectontheindividualphases,thiswillprovidephaseto
phaseregulationandbetterdependabilityoftheequipment.

1.14 RF Line Requirements


TheRFoutputconnectoronFAXtransmitterdependsonthemodel.TheFAX5/10hasa15/8"EIAunflangedoutput
connector.IftheFAX5/10israckedinaHarrisBroadcastrack,theRFconnectoratthetopwillbea15/8"EIAflanged
connectorthatincludesaadaptertoaunflangedconnection.Thereisanoptionaladaptertoallowfora31/8"EIA
unflangedconnectionformodelswith15/8EIAoutput.AlltransmittermodelshaveaRFoutputimpedanceof50
ohmsunbalanced.
Therearetwomajorfactorsinselectingthecorrecttransmissionlinefortheapplication,linelossandlinepower
handlingcapability.Airdielectriclinestendtobemoreefficientbutrequirepressurization.Foamdielectriclines
tendtobelessefficient(moreloss).
Whenconsideringthepowerhandlingcapabilityrequirementoftheline,considerpeakvoltagesnotjustthepower
ofthetransmitter.Alsotheenvironmenttobeinstalledin,extremelyhighheatwilldegradethepowerhandling
characteristicsoftheline.
Allairdielectrictransmissionlinesshouldbepressurizedtothelineorantennamanufacturersrecommendations.

Consultmanufacturertodeterminebestproductforeachsystem.

Figure 1-14 FAX5/10 Transmitter 1-5/8 RF Output Connector (rear of amplifier)

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 123
October 28, 2013

Figure 1-15 FAX 3-1/8" Cabinet Output Flanged Connection

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


124 Section-1 Introduction
October 28, 2013

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 21
October 28, 2013

2 Section-2 Installation

2.1 Introduction
ThissectiondetailstheproceduresforinstallationandthestepsrequiredfortheinitialturnonoftheFAXseries
transmitters.Allstepsshouldbefollowedinordertoensuretheinstallationandturnonprocessarecompleted
properly.Pleaserefertotheexcitermanualformoredetailedinformationaboutthemodelinstalledinthe
transmitter.

2.2 Unpacking
Whenthetransmitterisdeliveredtothesite,theshipmentshouldbeinspectedandinventoriedbeforeinstallation
isbegun.Eachtransmittershipmentwillbeaccompaniedbyapackingchecklistidentifyingwhichitemsarepacked
inthevariouscratesorboxes.Besuretolocateandsavethisdocumentwhentheshipmentarrives.
Thecontentsoftheshipmentshouldbeasindicatedonthepackinglist.Carefullyunpackthetransmitterand
performavisualinspectiontoassurethatnoapparentdamagewasincurredduringshipment.Retaintheshipping
materialsuntilithasbeendeterminedthattheunithasnotbeendamaged.Ifthecontentsareincomplete,orifthe
unitisdamagedelectricallyormechanically,notifythecarrierandHarrisBroadcastimmediately.

2.3 Returns and Exchanges


DamagedorundamagedequipmentshouldnotbereturnedunlesswrittenapprovalandaReturnAuthorizationis
receivedfromHarrisBroadcast.Specialshippinginstructionsandcodingwillbeprovidedtoassureproperhandling.
Completedetailsregardingcircumstancesandreasonsforreturnaretobeincludedintherequestforreturn.
Customequipmentorspecialorderequipmentisnotreturnable.Inthoseinstanceswherereturnorexchangeof
equipmentisattherequestofthecustomer,orconvenienceofthecustomer,arestockingfeewillbecharged.All
returnsmustbesentfreightprepaidandproperlypackedandinsuredbythecustomer.Whencommunicatingwith
HarrisBroadcast,specifytheHarrisBroadcastordernumberorinvoicenumberandserialnumber.

2.4 Transmitter Documentation


Priortoinstallation,thistechnicalmanual,thefactorytestdata,andtheaccompanyingdrawingpackageshouldbe
studiedcarefullytoobtainathoroughunderstandingoftheprinciplesofoperation,circuits,andnomenclatureused
intheFlexivaFAXseriestransmitter.Thiswillfacilitateproperinstallationandcommissioning.Storethe
documentation,includingthefactorytestdata,inasecurelocationforfuturereference.

Note
The information contained in the drawing package should be considered the most accurate in the case of
a discrepancy. Document any changes and all external connections, sign and date them, and keep this info
with the doc package.

2.4.1 Installation and Outline Drawings


InSection100oftheaccompanyingdocumentationpackagethereareseveraldrawingsthatwillaidinthe
installationandinitialturnonofthetransmitter.Itisalwaysagoodpracticetolocateandreviewalldocumentation
priortocontinuing.
Inthecasethatbothgenericandcustomdrawingsareprovided,thegenericdrawingsaresupersededbysite/
modelspecificdrawings.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


22 Section-2 Installation
October 28, 2013

BeforecontinuingpleasebesurethatthesiteACmainsandcoolingareadequatefortheinstallationofyour
transmitter.PreInstallationinformationanddataforeachFAXmodelcanbefoundinSection1ofthismanual.

2.5 Personnel and Equipment Protection


Allelectricalequipmentcanposeasafetyhazardifnotoperatedproperlyorifpropersafetyprecautionsarenot
taken.Everycareshouldbetakenduringthesiteplanningprocesstomaximizepersonnelprotectiononsite,both
duringtheinstallationandoncethetransmitterhasbeenplacedintooperation.Belowisacollectionof
recommendationstofollowtoenhancepersonnelsafetyonsite.
Postfirstaidproceduresinavisiblelocation.
Maintainawellstockedfirstaidkitinavisiblelocation.
Postemergencyphonenumbersnexttoallsitetelephones.
Installfireextinguishersappropriateforextinguishingelectricalfires.
MaintainafileofMaterialSafetyDataSheets(MSDS)foranyhazardouschemicalsonpremises.
Restrictsiteaccesstounauthorizedpersonnelandpostapplicablehighvoltageandnonionizingradiation
hazardwarnings.
Secureallequipmentrackstopreventtipoverhazards,especiallyatsitespronetoseismicactivity.
WhenmountingFlexivatransmittingequipmentinapreexistingrack,besuretomountequipmentlow
enoughinrelationtorackcenterofgravitytopreventatipoverhazard.
Installmainssafetydisconnects(pullboxoremergencyoffbutton)insightoftransmittersoastopermit
visualverificationofmainsstatusatalltimeswhileperformingmaintenance.
ProvideameanstolockoutACmainswhileperformingmaintenancetopreventinadvertentelectrocutionby
asecondparty.

2.5.1 Safety Circuits


TheFlexivaFAXseriestransmitterhasprovisionsforthefollowingsafetyconnections,seeSection2.13forfurther
detailsofcircuitoperation:
>RFmute:
TheRFMUTEsignallineisavailableonpin7ofJ1USERREMOTEconnectorattherearofthetransmitter.IftheRF
MUTElineisunconnected(open)toground,thepowercontrolcircuitswithintheamplifierchassisforceitsRF
outputtozero,butthe50VDCcircuitsandcoolingfanscontinuetooperate.Anexampleofapossibleconnection
pointforthislinewouldbethepositionswitchinacoaxialswitch.Thetransmittermutesitsoutputwhentheswitch
isintravel,thenquicklyreturnstofullpoweroncethetransitioniscomplete.Thiscanbeenabled/disabledby
DipswitchS25ontheSystemInterface/MultiUnitInterfaceBoard.Shippedfromfactoryasdisabled.
>ExternalInterlock:
TheEXTERNALINTERLOCKsignalisavailableonpins24and25ofJ1USERREMOTEconnectorattherearofthe
transmitter.TheinterlockpinmusthaveacontinuousconnectionbetweenthesetwopinstoturnontheFAX
transmitter.ThetransmitterisshippedwithadummyDsub25connector(Partnumber9529266071)todefeat
thiscircuitforinitialturnon.Thisinterlockrequiresamanualorremote"TXON"commandforthetransmitterto
restart.
>EquipmentInterlock:
TheEQUIPMENTINTERLOCKsignalisavailableonpin9ofJ1USERREMOTEconnectorattherearofthetransmitter.
ThisinputisuserconfigurableforActiveHiorActiveLowoperation.SeedipswitchS14settingsfortheSystem
InterfaceBoardinSection5ofthismanual.Oncethisinputisreturnedtoitnonfaultedstatethetransmitterwill
automaticallyturnon.
>EmergencyOff(Optional):
Incertaincircumstances,theFlexivaFAXtransmittersystemmaybeequippedwithanoptionalemergencyshutoff
button.Thisbuttonistypicallyalargeredplunger/pushbuttonsurroundedbyacontrastingyellowborder.The
switchterminalconnectionsofthisbuttonmaybeconnectedtotheexternalinterlockconnectiondescribedabove
orbroughtoutsidethetransmittercabinettoanACshutdownmechanism(e.g.contactororshunttripcircuit
breaker)inthecustomersACmainspanel.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 23
October 28, 2013

2.6 Installation

Note
It should be noted that any remote control, status or analog meter connections be made only after the
transmitter has been initially turned on and operation verified.

Thistransmitterinstallationsectionprovidesinstructionsonpropercabinetplacement,intercabinetwiringwhere
applicable,grounding,ACpowerconnections,RFoutconnection,andstaticchecksrequiredbeforeapplicationofAC
power.
Thelaterpartoftheinstallationprocessinvolvestheinitialturnonprocedureandinitialequipmentcheckstoassure
properoperation.

Note
All connections referred to in this installation procedure should be verified using the schematic diagrams
supplied with the transmitter. The schematic diagrams should be considered the most accurate docu-
ment in case of a discrepancy.

2.6.1 Remove Shipping Materials


Inpreparationtoremovethecabinetsfromtheshippingskids,itmaybenecessarytoremoveanytape,foam,and
supportsusedforshipping.Removethesematerialsatthistime.
Thebaseofthecabinetmaybeboltedtoaskidinthetwofrontcornersandthetworearcornerswithcarriagebolts,
flatwashers,lockwashers,andnuts.Whenitisdesiredtoremovethecabinetsfromtheskids,removethis
hardware.Asocketwrench,ashortextension,anda9/16inchdeepsocketarerequired.

2.6.2 Setting Transmitter in Place


IfyourtransmitterisaFAX30/40andwasshippedwiththecabinetssplit,itwillbenecessarytoreassemblethe
cabinets.TheinstructionsforcabinetreassemblyarelocatedinAppendixaofthismanual.Completethe
procedurepriortocontinuingwiththissection.

Priortoremovingthebolts,movethetransmitterascloseaspossibletothefinallocation.Oncetheboltsare
removethetransmittercabinetcanbetakenofftheskidandbesetintoitsfinalposition.SeeSection111ofthis
manualforsiteselectioninformation.
Carefullyinspectthetransmitterforloosehardware,looseorunconnectedwires,andanydebrisintherack
Levelthecabinets
Secureracktothefloorandneighboringracksifrequired
Installallpoweramplifiermodulesinthelocationperthefactorytestdata.Thiscanbefoundonpage3under
"PASerialNumberAssignments".Thisstep,whilenotnecessary,helpstoensurethetransmitterperformsas
closeaspossibleasinthefactorytest.SeeFigure21forslotlocationsinthepowerblock.
Installallpowersupplymodules.Thesecanbeinstalledinanylocation.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


24 Section-2 Installation
October 28, 2013

Figure 2-1 Slot Locations (FAX20 Power Block 1 Shown)

Note
Figure 2-1 is Power Block 1 in FAX20/30/40. The Multi-Unit Controller will not be installed in FAX5/10.

2.6.3 Rack Mounting FAX5/10

InsomeinstancestheFAX5/10transmitterwillshipwithoutamountingrack.Itisthecustomersresponsibilityto
properlysupportandmounttheequipmentintheracks.TheFAXtransmitterwillfitinany19"EIAcompatiblerack
thathasadequatespaceavailable.SeetheECMsheetsortheaccompanyingdocumentationpackagefor
dimensions.

Anotherconsiderationwheninstallinginacustomersuppliedrackisproperventilation,readthroughthefollowing
checksandseeSection1.11ofthismanualtoensurethatallequipmenthasadequatecooling:

CheckPoint1:Transmittercoolingisaccomplishedbythemultipleblowerfansonthebackofthetransmitter
cabinet.Itisimportantthatnothingobstructsthisairflowsuchasaclosedbackrackmountdoororblankrack
mountpanels.Thefansshouldbeabletoblowairfreelyintotheroom.

CheckPoint2:Ifthetransmitterisplacedinanequipmentrackwithasolidbackdoorthathastobeclosed,there
mustbelargeexhaustportsinthetopoftheracktoallowventingofthetransmitterfanair.(Anotheroptionisto
addexhaustfanstothetopoftheequipmentrack).

CheckPoint3:Oftenperipheralequipmentsuchasexciters,processors,controllers,etc.,maytakeinairthrough
theirsidesorbackpanels.Donotallowtheflowofthetransmitterexhaustairtoflowintotheirintakevents.This
maycauseoverheatingoftheperipheralunits.Addedperipheralequipmentmayrequireacoverorpartitionto
protectit.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 25
October 28, 2013

2.7 Equipment Ground


TheFAXtransmitterisequippedwithaRF/Safetygroundlugconnectionontheupperleftrearpanel,seeFigure2
2.Whenshippedwithoutarack,thissafetygroundmustbeconnectedtoeitherthegroundbar/strapinsidethe
rackordirectlytothesitegroundsystem.A2"widecoppergroundstrapisrecommended.

Figure 2-2 FAX RF/Safety Ground Connection

WhenFAXtransmittersareinaHarrisBroadcastcabinet,therewillalreadybeacoppergroundstrapconnectedto
thecoppergroundbussbar/strapthatrunsdowntheleftsideofthecabinet(whenviewingfromcabinetrear).The
exciterwillalsobegroundedtothisbussbaraswell.Therackmountcabinetbussbar/strapmustbegroundedto
thesitegroundsystem.Aminimum2"widecoppergroundstrapisrecommended.Thestrapshouldbeattachedto
thesitegroundsystematthebottomofthecabinetcoppergroundbussbar.

Figure 2-3 Cabinet Ground Buss Bar/Strap

Caution
WHEN INSTALLING ANY ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT IN THE TRANSMITTER
RACK, BE SURE TO CONNECT A SEPARATE GROUND WIRE FROM EACH
COMPONENT TO THE BUSS BAR. NEVER RUN "DAISY CHAIN" GROUND
WIRES ACROSS MULTIPLE COMPONENTS AND THEN GROUND TO BUSS
BAR. THIS CAN CREATE A POSSIBLE GROUND LOOP.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


26 Section-2 Installation
October 28, 2013

2.8 Exciter-Transmitter Interconnection


MostinstallationswillutilizeaHarrisBroadcastexciterandwillbeprewiredatthefactory.Ensureallconnections
aresecure.Wheninstallinganexciterinthefieldorfromanothermanufacturer,refertoSection2.8.1ofthis
manualfordetailsonthecorrectinterfacecableandjumpersettings.SeeSection1.3.5forpartnumbersofExciter
InterconnectCables.

ThefollowinginformationillustratestheinterconnectionwiringfortheFAXtransmitter(allmodelsofFAX).Figure
24showstheExciterInterfaceonthebackofthetransmitter.ExciterconnectionsarealwaysmadetoPowerBlock
1intheFAX20/30/40.Ifthetransmitterwasorderedwithdualexciters,exciterAwillbethelowerexciterandBwill
betheupperexciterintherack.

ExciterAconnectionsaremadetothetopconnectors,J2isControlExciterA,J4isRFforExciterAandJ6isRTAC
ExciterA.ExciterBconnectionsaremadetothelowerconnectors,J3isExciterBControl,J5isRFExciterBandJ7is
RTACExciterB.

Figure 2-4 FAX Exciter Interface

Note
To run the FAX transmitter in FM+HD or HD only modes, a Harris Broadcast FlexStar or FAX Exciter
and HD Exporter are required. Please refer to the HD Exporter and the Exciter manuals for proper inter-
connection and setup. The HD carriers will not be present until these connections are made and the
interface between this equipment is running properly.

WhentheexciterisintheFM+HDorHDonlymode,RTACsamplesarerequiredfortheFlexStarandFAXexcitersto
correcttheoutputsignalproperly.Figure25showsthelocationofRTACRFSamplethatconnectstotheinputof
theExciter.Thesewillbeconnectedandsetupforproperlevelstotheexciterwhentestedatthefactory.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 27
October 28, 2013

Figure 2-5 RTAC RF Sample Input on back of Exciter.

2.8.1 Installing A Non-Harris Broadcast Exciter


Whenanexciterisnotsuppliedatthetimeofpurchase,thecustomerisresponsibleforfashioningacableto
interfacetheexcitertotheFAXtransmitter.Therearesomerequirementsthatthecablemustcomplytotoensure
safetyandproperoperation.TheexciterinterfaceattherearofthetransmittergoestotheSystemInterfaceBoard,
seeitsschematicdiagramformoreinformation.AlsorefertoSection5ofthismanualforhelpinsettingthe
dipswitchesforexciter/transmitterinterface.

Warning
ENSURE THAT THE EXCITER IS SETUP FOR A MAXIMUM OF 2 WATTS PRIOR TO
CONNECTION TO THE FAX TRANSMITTER. EXCEEDING 5 WATTS COULD CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE PA MODULES. THE TRANSMITTER MAY REQUIRE SLIGHTLY
MORE THAN 5 WATTS TO GET FULL RATED POWER FROM THE TRANSMITTER
BUT USE THIS AS A STARTING POINT TO BE SAFE.

J2(J3)Pin4mustalwaysbegroundedandPins5and6mustbeunconnectedatthetransmitterendtosignal
apermanentFMmode(S38onSysteminterface/MultiunitInterfaceshouldbesettoON)
J2(J3)Pin9sendstheMutecommandtotheexciter.TheMutefromthetransmittercanbealogicHIorLO
dependingonthedipswitchsetting.SeeSection5ofthismanualfordipswitchsettingsandSheet8of801
0234051SystemInterface/MultiUnitInterfaceBoardschematicfordetailedinformationontheexciterinter
face.
IftheexciterhasanexternalAPCinputtocontrolRFpowerthisconnectionmustbemadeandthe"Exciter
Type"mustbesettoCUSTDRVintheFAXsetup.TheFAXtransmitterwilloutputalinearAPCvoltageinthe
rangeof0(MinimumPower)to3.3or4.75VDC(setbydipswitchS21onSysInfBd)totheexciter.The
excitermusthaveasufficientAPCresponsetimeforproperoperation.Iftheexciterdoesnothavetheexter

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


28 Section-2 Installation
October 28, 2013

nalAPCinputthisconnectionisnotrequiredandtheExciterTypemustbesettoCUSTIPA(APCtointernal
IPA)intheFAXsetup.IfusingCUSTIPAdipswitchS15onPABackplaneboard1(topboard)wheretheIPA
plugsinmustbesettoON.ThispassestheAPCvoltagetotheIPA.
ThetransmitterwilldisplayforwardpowerfromtheexciterbasedonaDCvoltagefromtheexciterthatis
proportionaltoitRFoutput.Iftheexciterdoesnothavethisanalogoutputthattransmitterwillstilloperate
butwillnotdisplayexciterforwardpower.Fordualexcitersautomaticswitchoverisdonebyusingthisvolt
age,ifnotavailabletheexciterwillbeforcedtotheotherexciterinautomode.SeeSection5ofthismanual
forexciterpowercalibrationprocedure.
EnsuretheexciterRFpoweroutputissettoapproximately2Wattsforsafeinitialturnonofthetransmitter.
RefertoSection5ofthismanualandtheexcitermanualforproperdipswitchsettingsinternaltotheFAX
transmitter.

Table 2-1 EXCITER INTERFACE (J2,J3 D-sub 15, amplifier rear)

Designation Remarks Pin Type

GND Signalground 1

EXCITERFORWARD Exciterforwardpowerreading04 2 Input


POWERSAMPLE VDCfor0100%poweroutofthe
exciter

RS485+ UsedforFAXexciteronly 3 BiDirectional

FM_ON_STATUS ExcitergroundspintotellPAthat 4 Input


modeisFMONLY(continuous
closure)

HD_ON_STATUS ExcitergroundspintotellPAthat 5 Input


ExciterModeisHD(continuous
closure).

EXCITERFAULT Excitergroundspintosignalithas 6 Input


internalalarm

N/C Noconnection 7 Spare

APCOUTPUT Analogvoltagefromtransmitterto 8 Output


controlexciteroutputpower.03.3
(or04.75VDCSysInfBdDipswitch
S21setsrange)VDClinear0VDC=
Minpower

MUTE MuteOutputlogiccanbeHiorLoto 9 Output


muteexciter.Seeswitchsettingsin
Section5ofthismanualtoconfigure.

N/C NoConnection 10 Spare

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 29
October 28, 2013

Table 2-1 EXCITER INTERFACE (J2,J3 D-sub 15, amplifier rear)

Designation Remarks Pin Type

RS485 UsedforFAXexciteronly 11 BiDirectional

N/C NoConnection 12 Spare

ExciterAActive Usedbymain/altexciterswitcherto 13 Output


informwebremotewhichexciteris
selected.
logichigh=exciterBselectedlogic
low=exciterAselected

N/C NoConnection 14 Spare

EXCITER_READY PinisHighwhenExciterisNotReady 15 Input

2.9 RF Connections
Priortooperationofthetransmitter,theRFoutputmustbeconnectedtoaknowngoodtestloadorantenna.
Connecttheload/antennausingthecorrectsizeconnectorandtransmissionlineforyourmodeloftransmitter.Itis
agoodpracticetousetheminimumnumberofelbowstogetthebestperformancefromyourtransmittingsystem.

IfthereisapatchpaneloranRFSwitchforaload/antenna,aninterlockconnectionisrequiredtoJ1oftheFAX.See
Table23forcorrectpins.ThesecanbeinstalledinthedummyconnectorsuppliedbyHarrisBroadcast.

Note
Initial testing into a 50 ohm test load is recommended. The VSWR of the load should be no greater than
1.05:1. The VSWR of the antenna should be no greater than 1.1:1.

2.10 AC Power Requirements and Connection


Thefollowinginstructionscoverbothacustomermountedstandalone10kWtransmitterandallFAXtransmitter
modelsmountedinacabinetwithorwithoutanACDistributionPanelinstalled.

TheFAXseriesoftransmitterscanbeconnectedto3typesofACsources.Thevoltagerangesareasfollows:

Singlephase190V264V
Threephase190V264V(NoNeutral)
Threephase330V460V(NeutralRequired)
Ifthe3Phasevoltageisinthe190264VAC(LinetoLineorLinetoNeutral)rangeeitherWYEorDeltacanbeused.
InthecaseofWyetheNeutralwillnotbeused.SeeTable22,Figure27andFigure28belowforcorrectstraps.

Table 2-2 AC Mains Connection Chart (See 843-5614-482)

Voltage Service Connections Comments

190264VAC 1PH L1,L2,GND Setstrapsfor1Phase

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


210 Section-2 Installation
October 28, 2013

Table 2-2 AC Mains Connection Chart (See 843-5614-482)

Voltage Service Connections Comments

190264VAC Delta L1,L2,L3,GND SetstrapsforDelta

190264VAC Wye L1,L2,L3,GND TXwillbestrappedforDeltaandnoNeutral


required.Neutralbarwillnotbeinstalled.

330460VAC Wye L1,L2,L3,Neu,GND TransmitterwillbestrappedforWYEand


Neutralrequired

Note
This chart is correct for all FAX models with or without AC Distribution Panel.

PleasereadallthefollowingWarningsandCautionspriortoprecedingwiththissection.

Warning
DISABLE AND LOCK OUT STATION PRIMARY POWER BEFORE PRIMARY POWER CABLES
ARE CONNECTED TO THE EQUIPMENT.

Caution
CHECK THE AC POWER FEEDING THE FAX. IT MUST BE WITHIN THE VOLTAGE RANGES
SPECIFIED ON THE MAINS INTERCONNECT WIRING DIAGRAM Table 2-2. ANY VOLTAGE
OUTSIDE THIS RANGE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT. THE VOLTAGE SHOULD
BE MEASURED LINE TO LINE, AND IF A NEUTRAL IS USED, LINE TO NEUTRAL.

Warning
AN EXTERNAL CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICE (BREAKER OR FUSE) IS REQUIRED FOR
EACH AC LINE INPUT. THIS IS PROVIDED BY THE CUSTOMER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
AC INTERCONNECT DRAWING OR BY HARRIS BROADCAST IF AN IN-RACK AC DISTRIBU-
TION CHASSIS IS PURCHASED (OPTIONAL). IN THE LATTER CASE, AN EXTERNAL CIRCUIT
PROTECTION DEVICE TO HANDLE THE ENTIRE TRANSMITTER LOAD AT THE MAIN AC DIS-
TRIBUTION POINT IS STILL REQUIRED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH PREVAILING LOCAL SAFETY
NORMS.

Warning
THE NEUTRAL WIRE SHOULD NOT GO THROUGH THE EXTERNAL BREAKER.

2.10.1 AC Connection without Distribution Panel

ACpowerisconnectedtothestandaloneFAXortoacabinetthatdoesnotcontainaHarrisBroadcastsuppliedAC
DistributionPanelbyrunningtheACpowerwiresthroughtheACMainsinputholeprovidedontheupperrightrear
cornerofthetransmitter.SeeFigure27,thewirescangointhetopasshownorthewhiteholeplugcanbe
removedandthewirescanbefedthroughthere.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 211
October 28, 2013

Figure 2-6 AC Mains in Amplifier

IfaFAX20/30/40isorderedwithouttheACDistributionpanel,abreakermustbesuppliedforeachpowerblockand
oneforeachexciter.ThebreakerandwiresizeforeachpowerblockwillbethesameasaFAX10.FollowtheAC
connectionprocedureforastandalonetransmitterandrepeatforeachpowerblock.

Note
When connecting to a 3-Phase Wye configuration and the voltage is in the range of 190 - 264 VAC, use
the 3-Phase Delta strapping and the Neutral is not connected to the transmitter and the safety ground
connects to E7. See drawing 843-5614-482.

Caution
WHEN CONNECTING THE TRANSMITTER TO A 3-PHASE WYE CONFIGURATION
AND THE VOLTAGE IS IN THE RANGE OF 330-460 VAC, THE NEUTRAL MUST BE
CONNECTED TO THE E4-E5-E6-N TERMINAL POST TO STABILIZE THE
VOLTAGES. FAILURE TO CONNECT THE NEUTRAL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
TRANSMITTER AND VOID THE WARRANTY. SAFETY GROUND CONNECTS TO E7.

Caution
WHEN THE SINGLE PHASE INPUTS TO THE TRANSMITTER ARE DERIVED FROM
A WYE (STAR) MAINS SERVICE, SPECIAL CARE MUST BE PAID TO THE NEUTRAL
CONNECTION, AS THE NEUTRAL CONNECTION SERVES AS THE COMMON
VOLTAGE REFERENCE TO ALL THREE PHASES. SHOULD THE NEUTRAL
CONNECTION BREAK, THE LINE-TO-LINE VOLTAGE OF EACH PHASE WILL
BECOME UNSTABLE AND INVARIABLY RESULT IN SEVERE DAMAGE TO ALL
LOADS FROM AN OVERVOLTAGE CONDITION. ACCORDINGLY, ALL NEUTRAL
CONNECTIONS SHOULD BE DOUBLE CHECKED FOR INTEGRITY, ESPECIALLY
WHEN MODULAR MAINS DISCONNECT PLUGS ARE IN USE. NEVER ALLOW THE
NEUTRAL TO BE BROKEN BEFORE THE INDIVIDUAL LINE CONNECTIONS. THIS
RECOMMENDATION HOLDS FOR ALL SINGLE-PHASE EQUIPMENT WITH A 380-
415V WYE-DERIVED FEED, NOT JUST THE HARRIS BROADCAST FAX
TRANSMITTER.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


212 Section-2 Installation
October 28, 2013

Note
It is not necessary to observe a certain phase rotation or even phase balance in three phase transmitters.
Additionally, the amplifier chassis can operate indefinitely (at a reduced power) with one or two of the
mains phases missing. The internal power supplies connected to each input will continue to operate pro-
vided the incoming mains power at that input falls within 190-300VAC.

RemovethecoverneartheupperrightcornerofthetransmitterasinFigure27.

Figure 2-7 AC Cover Removed (Delta Strapping Shown)

Figure 2-8 AC Mains Strapping in Power Blocks


Figure28showstheproperstrappingfortheACinputdependingonthetypeofservice.Thestrapswere
placedatthefactorybasedontheinformationgivenatthetimeoforder,pleaseverifythestrapsarecorrect
foryourservicepriortoproceeding.

Note
For 3-Phase Wye service in the 190-264 VAC range Delta strapping must be used and no Neutral is
required. If set to Wye in this voltage range the transmitter will use Line to Neutral which will be insuf-
ficient voltage to operate the transmitter.

RoutetheACwiresintothetransmitterandsecuretothelugsasshowninFigure27.Thelugsshownare
suppliedbyHarrisBroadcastbutotherlugscanbeused.
Makesureallwires,includingthesafetygroundwire,andlugsaresecureandreplacethecover.
Repeatthesestepsforeachpowerblockinthetransmitterifnecessary.
AseparateACservicewillneedtobesuppliedfortheexciterandperipheralequipmentaswell.Refertoeach
pieceofequipmentusermanualfordetailedinformationonitsACrequirements.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 213
October 28, 2013

2.10.2 AC Connection with Distribution Panel


WhentheFAXisinstalledinaHarrisBroadcastcabinetwiththeACDistributionPaneloptioninstalled,thereisonly
oneACserviceconnectionrequired.Figure29showstheACDistributionpanelwhichprovidesabreakertoeach
powerblockinthetransmitteraswellasanoutletstripfortheexciterandperipheralequipment.Howeverthere
willneedtobeaproperlysizedbreakerexternaltothetransmitterthatiscustomerprovided.Ifthishasnotbeen
installedpleaserefertoSection1ofthismanualtodeterminethecorrectbreakerandwiresizeforyourmodel.
However,ensurealllocalelectricalcodesarefollowed.

Figure 2-9 AC Input Terminal Block (3-Phase Delta Shown)


Reviewthefollowingchecklistbeforecontinuing.
ConfirmpresenceofsafetygroundwireconnectionasshowninFigure29.
TheACMainswiresforLineandNeutral(NeutralusedonWyeonlyat330460VACrange)areincorrectloca
tionandtight.
BesureallACcoversarereplaced.

Note
If using a 3-Phase Wye service in the range of 190-264 VAC the transmitter will be strapped internally for
delta. The AC Distribution panel will not have a Neutral bar. If the Neutral Bar is required to meet the
electrical code in your area please contact Harris Broadcast Service to obtain a terminal barrier strip
Qty-1 part number 614-0988-000.

2.11 Cooling Installation


NowthattheACandtheRFlinehasbeeninstalledanycoolingductworkcanbeinstalled.SeeSection1ofthe
manualfordetailedguidelinesoninstallingaclosedlooporopenloopcoolingsystem.

2.12 Initial Turn On


Atthispointintheinstallationthefollowingitemsshouldbecompleted.Ifnotthenpleasegobacktotherelated
sectionandcompletethetaskbeforecontinuingwithturningonthetransmitter.
ACMainsandsafetygroundshouldbeconnectedandallsafetycoversreplaced
Transmittercabinetshouldbegroundedtothebuildinggroundusingatleast2"copperstrap

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


214 Section-2 Installation
October 28, 2013

RFtransmissionlineshouldbeattachedandconnectorstightenedtopropertorque
Coolingsystemshouldbeinstalledandrunning
J1shouldhavespecialconnectorattachedtodefeattheInterlock
Excitersshouldbeconnectedandallconnectionstight
IftransmitterisrunningaHDmodetheExportershouldbeconnectedtotheexciterExgineviaIPconnection.
Refertotheexporterandexcitermanualsforsetup.

Note
If unit is a FAX5 and has dual exciters, Exciter A will operate in to the high power input and Exciter B will
operate in to the internal IPA and will operate at a much lower power. See Section 4.1.2 for detailed oper-
ation of the FAX5.

InitialTurnOnProcedure:
STEP 1 TurntheAConatthewallbreaker.Verifythevoltagesarecorrectatthe
transmitterinput.
STEP 2 IfanACDistributionPanelisinstalledintheHarrisBroadcastrackturnallthe
breakerson.TheLCDonthefrontofthetransmittershouldnowbeonand
sittingatthehomescreen.Theexcitersshouldbepoweredup.
STEP 3 Verifythemodelandmodeatthetopofthehomescreeniscorrect.Figure2
10showsaFAX10inFMonlymode.Theotherpossiblemodesare"FM+HD"
and"HD".

Figure 2-10 FAX Home Screen for FAX10 running FM mode


STEP 4 IfthetransmitteristoberanintheHDmodegototheFlexstarexciterand
verifytheconnectiontotheExporterisrunningwithnoerrors.Oncethisstep
iscompletereturntotheturnonprocedure.ConsulttheExciterandExporter
manualstoverifyoperation.
STEP 5 OpenthefrontdoorofeachpowerblockandverifytherightmostLEDoneach
powersupplymoduleisgreenandnootherpowersupplyLEDsareon
STEP 6 Connecttheaudioprogramsourcetotheexciter.Refertotheexcitermanual
forcorrectlocationandlevelsetup.
STEP 7 UsingthefrontpanelONbutton,turnthetransmitteronandverifythe
followingactionstakeplace:
a.Fansonpowerblocksturnon
b.ForwardpowerontheLCDindicatesfullpowerthatthetransmitterwascalibratedtoatthefactory.
RefertotestdatafrontpageTPO.
c.ReflectedpowerontheLCDislessthan1.1:1foryourtransmittermodel.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 215
October 28, 2013

d.FrontPanel"OUTPUT"statusLEDturnsgreen
e.TherearenoredLEDsonthefrontorinsideanyofthepowerblocks.
STEP 8 Allowthetransmittertooperatefor30minutestowarmup.
STEP 9 Inspectalltransmissionlineforanylocalizedheating.
STEP 10 Ifaninfraredtemperaturemeasurementdeviceisavailable,checkallAC
connectionsandbreakersforexcessheating
STEP 11 After30minutesofoperation,verifythatthePAmeterreadingsarecloseto
thefactorytestdata.Allthemeterreadingscanbefoundunderthe"Status"
menubutton.SeeSection3ofthismanualforfurtherdetailsonmenusand
operationofthetransmitter.
STEP 12 VerifySpectrumforHDcarriersandtheRTACiscorrectingtheoutputsignal
anditmeetsthecompliancemask.IfRTACisnotcorrectingrefertothe
excitermanualforhelp.
STEP 13 Iftransmitterisequippedwithdualexciters,gotoSETUP>>TXCONTROLon
theLCDmenuandswitchtothebackupexciter.Verifythetransmitter
operation.
STEP 14 OncesatisfactoryperformanceofthetransmitterhasbeenverifiedtheUSER
REMOTEcannowbeconnected.SeeSection2.13fordetailedinformation.
STEP 15 IfaNetworkconnectionistobemadeforusewitharemotecomputeror
controlgotoSection3ofthismanualforsetupinformation.

2.13 User Remote Control Connection

Figure 2-11 FAX Rear Panel Remote Control Connector J1

The25pinfemaleconnectorislabeledJ1"UserRemote"islocatedontherearpanelofthetransmitter.Thisison
powerblock1forFAX20/30/40.ItcanbeusedforremotecontrolandmonitoringonallFAXtransmittersystems.
TheTable23providesthepinoutforcontrol,status,andmeteringfunctions.

Thespecialconnectorthatwasusedtodefeattheinterlockfortheinitialturnonofthetransmittercanbereplaced
withthenewcable.However,"EXTERNALINTERLOCK"musthaveacontinuousgroundtosatisfytheinterlock,J124
toJ125,sothetransmitterwilloperate.

Figure212andFigure213showsthecircuitsandmaximumvoltageandcurrentforStatusOutputs.Theremote
controlcircuitryislocatedontheSystemInterfaceboard,onRevisionKboardstheStatusOutputcircuitwas
changedtoallowforanexternalvoltageofupto24VDC.SomeCommandInputsrequireaContinuousGroundand
someinputsaremomentaryGround,seeTable23.StatusOutputsareopencollectoroutputsandrequirean
externalpullup.AllStatusOutputsareactivelowunlessotherwisestatedinTable24.

Remotemustbeenabledforinputstorespondunlessnotedintable.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


216 Section-2 Installation
October 28, 2013

ThereisanoptionalRemoteControlBreakoutBoard9010218201GTConvertsconnectionsfromdB25toScrew
terminals

Figure 2-12 User Remote Inputs and Outputs Rev J and earlier boards

Note
If the unit in operation has a Rev J or older circuit board and external pull-up goes to a voltage higher
than 5 VDC, remove F3 from the System Interface (FAX5/10) or Multi-Unit Interface (FAX20/30/40)
board.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 217
October 28, 2013

Figure 2-13 User Remote Inputs and Outputs Rev K and Later boards

Table 2-3 REMOTE CONTROL (D-sub 25, amplifier rear) J1- Inputs

Designation Remarks Pin Type

TXONCOMMAND Momentary. 1 Input


Groundpintoturntransmitteron.

TXOFFCOMMAND Momentary. 2 Input


Groundpintoturntransmitteroff.
Thisinputcanbeconfiguredtooperate
regardlessofRemoteenable/disablestatus.See
Section5forS22description.

POWERRAISECOMMAND Momentary 3 Input


Groundpintoraiseoutputpower

POWERLOWERCOMMAND Momentary 4 Input


Groundpintoloweroutputpower.

DRIVECHAIN(IPA)"A"SELECT Momentary 5 Input


Groundtoactivate

DRIVECHAIN(IPA)"B"SELECT Momentary 6 Input


Groundtoactivate

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


218 Section-2 Installation
October 28, 2013

Table 2-3 REMOTE CONTROL (D-sub 25, amplifier rear) J1- Inputs

RFMUTE ContinuousGroundpintounmuteRFoutput 7 Input


Whenopen,RFoutputismutedtozeropower.
ThisisdefeatablebydipswitchS25onSystem
InterfaceBd.ShippedfromfactoryasDefeated.

UPSLOWPowerMODE ContinuousGroundpintoputtransmitterinto 8 Input


UPSPowerMode(Default1/4power).Enabled
regardlessofRemoteenable/disablestatus.See
Section5tosetupPoweroutinthismode.

EQUIPMENTINTERLOCK ConfigurableActiveHi/LobyS141,2onSysInf 9 Input


Bd;ContinuousconnectionHi/Lowrequiredto
activateInterlockEnabledregardlessofRemote
enable/disablestatus.Transmitterreturnto
operationonceInterlockinOKstate

GROUND Ground;CanbeusedforCommandInputsand 23 GND


StatusOutputs

EXTERNALINTERLOCK ContinuousGroundtosatisfyinterlockloop 24 Input


Whenreleased,requiresamanualTXON
commandtoturnTXbackON.Enabled
regardlessofRemoteenable/disablestatus.

EXTERNALINTERLOCKGROUND GroundforExternalInterlock 25 GND

Table 2-4 REMOTE CONTROL (D-sub 25, amplifier rear) J1- Status and
Metering Outputs

SYSTEMON HiSYSTEMisOFF;LowSystemisON 10 Output

DRIVECHAIN"B" HiIndicatesIPAAselected;LowIPAB 11 Output

SUMMARYFAULT Allfaultsinthesystemaresummedtogether. 12 Output


LowSystemFault;HiSystemNormal

OUTPUTSUMMARY HiOutputOK;LoVSWRorRFLow(Below 13 Output


FaultThreshold)

POWERAMPSUMMARY HiPAOK;LoPAFault 14 Output

PROG1FAULT StatusoutputisprogrammableviaGUIonly.Hi 15 Output


OK;LowFault

PROG2FAULT StatusoutputisprogrammableviaGUIonly.Hi 16 Output


OK;LowFault

PROG3FAULT StatusoutputisprogrammableviaGUIonly.Hi 17 Output


OK;LowFault

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 219
October 28, 2013

Table 2-4 REMOTE CONTROL (D-sub 25, amplifier rear) J1- Status and
Metering Outputs

PROG4FAULT StatusoutputisprogrammableviaGUIonly.Hi 18 Output


OK;LowFault

FORWARDPOWER 3.5VDC=100%calibratedpower,Linearscale 19 External


Metering
Output

REFLECTEDPOWER 3.5VDC=1.5:1VSWR;1.3VDC=1.3:1VSWR 20 External


Metering
Output

PAVOLTAGE PADrainVoltage14.63VDC/Voutput 21 External


Metering
Output

PACURRENT TotalPACurrent4.1VDC=Maxcurrent(Model 22 External


Dependant) Metering
Output

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


220 Section-2 Installation
October 28, 2013

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 31
October 28, 2013

3 Section-3 Operation

3.1 Introduction
Thissectioncontainsnormaldaytodayoperationalproceduresandinformationpertainingtothefunctionofthe
FlexivaFAX5/10/20/30/40Transmitters.Theinformationcontainedinthissectionassumesthetransmitterhasbeen
installedcorrectlyandisinproperworkingorder.SeeSection2ofthismanualforinstallationandinitialturnon
steps.Itisimportantthattheoperatorbeawareofnormaltransmitteroperationandperformanceandnoteany
changesorfaultindications.Changesinoperationmayindicateaneedformaintenanceorcorrectiveactionbeforea
moreseriousproblemdevelops.RefertotheFactoryTestData(FTD)whichincludesmeterreadings,measured
performancedata,informationanddatameasuredwithexternalequipment,andadjustmentsspecificallyforeach
transmittersoperatingfrequencyandpowerlevel.

3.2 Controls and Indicators


Thefollowingsectionidentifiesthelocationandfunctionofallfrontoftransmittercontrolsandindicatorsfor
operationoftheFAXTransmitters.

Remote Power
ENABLE/DISABLE RAISE/ LOWER
Navigation Buttons
Enter is Black Circle
VGA
Display

Status Menu Setup Menu


Button/LED Power Menu Button/LED ON / OFF Summary
Button/LED Buttons/LEDs Status LEDs

Figure 3-1 Front Panel Controls and Indicators

Note
IP address shown in the LCD is the rear Ethernet port.

3.2.1 Front Panel Controls and Indicators


Table31describesthefunctionsofthefrontpanelcontrolbuttonsaswellaswhateachLEDrepresents.More
detailedinformationcanbefoundlaterinthissection.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


32 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

Table 3-1 Front Panel Control Buttons


Button Explanation
STATUS DisplaystheStatusMenuincludingtheEventLogandmeterreadings
POWER Displaysmodel,forward/reflectedpowerlevelsandsystemvoltageandcurrentreadings
SETUP DisplaysthesetupmenusontheLCD,includesconfigurationandcalibrationofthe
transmitter
UP/DOWN/LEFT/RIGHT UsedforLCDmenunavigation.Theupanddownbuttonsareusedtomovethearrow
cursor,whichindicatesthemenulinethatwillbeactivatedbypressingtheblackenter
button.Theleftbuttonisprimarilyusedasabackbuttontoreturntoapreviousmenu
selection
ENTER ThisistheblackbuttoninthecenteroftheUP/DOWN/LEFT/RIGHTbuttons.Usedto
select(highlight)orexpandLCDmenuitems
REMOTEENABLE AllowsremotecontroloftheFAX(IP,SNMPandParallelI/O);DisablesLocalcontrol
includingfrontEthernetportandLCDcontrol/config
REMOTEDISABLE DisablesremotecontroloftheFAX(IP,SNMPandParallelI/O);EnablesLocalControl
includingfrontEthernetportandLCDcontrol/config
POWERRAISE RaisestheRFpoweroutput
POWERLOWER LowerstheRFpoweroutput
ON TurnsTransmitterRFON
OFF TurnsTransmitterRFOFF

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 33
October 28, 2013

Table 3-2 Front Panel Status Indicators

StatusLEDs States Explanation


EXCITER Green=OK RepresentsthestatusoftheOnairExciterandAutoSwitching
Amber/Yellow=Auto relay
Switched
Red=Fault
DRIVECHAIN Green=OK RepresentsthestatusofallIPAsinthetransmitterandAuto
Amber/Yellow=Auto Switchingrelay(s)
Switched
Red=Fault
POWERAMP Green=OK RepresentsasummarystatusoftheallPAModulesinthe
Red=Fault transmitter
POWERSUPPLY Green=OK RepresentsasummarystatusofthePowerSuppliesinthe
Red=Fault transmitter
OUTPUT Green=OK RepresentsthestatusoftheRFOutputsystem.Whenthe
Amber/Yellow=Warning transmitterisswitchedoff,theOUTPUTLEDisoff
Red=Fault Green:Thetransmitterisswitchedon,andtheRFoutputlevelis
within+/10%ofcalibratedpower
Yellow:ThetransmitterisswitchedonandanOutputwarning
exists;eitherVSWRorpowerisbelowwarningthreshold
Red:ThetransmitterhasanOutputFault(VSWR)orpoweris
belowfaultthreshold
SYSTEM Green=OK Representsasummarystatusofthetransmittersystemcontrol
Amber/Yellow=Warning andcooling.
Red=Fault Green:SystemNormal
Yellow:AControlorCoolingWarningexists
Red:AControlorCoolingFaultexists
MUTE Green=OK Green:IndicatesthetransmitterisOFForthetransmitterisON
Red=RFMuted andunmuted
Red:Indicatesthetransmitterisswitchedon,buttheRFoutputis
presentlymuted.

3.3 Internal Controls and Indicators


ThefollowingfiguresshowtheSystemInterface(inallpowerblocks)andtheMultiUnitInterface(inpowerblock1
onlyFAX20/30/40).Thehardwarefortheseboardsisidentical,howeverthereareseveraldipswitchsettingsthat
distinguishtheboardsfrombeingasystemcontrollerorapowerblockcontroller.WhenaMultiUnitcontrolleris
present,itconnectstoallkeycircuitswithinthetransmittersystemaswellasmultiplexingdatafromthepower
blocksbacktotheMircoModule.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


34 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

Figure 3-2 System Interface Board


WhentheboardisconfiguredasaPowerBlockController(FAX20/30/40),noneoftheswitchesfunction.Thereare6
LEDstatusindicatorsontheboard.WiththeexceptionoftheRemoteEnableLED,alltheLEDsareactiveonboth
cards.InaFAX20/30/40theRemoteEnableLEDisnotactiveontheSystemInterfacebecauseitpertainstothe
overalltransmitternotthespecificpowerblock.
SYSTEMON:IlluminateswhentransmitterisON
RFOUTPUTOK:IlluminateswhenRFOutputiswithin10%andnoVSWRfaults
REMOTEENABLE:IlluminateswhenfrontpanelRemoteEnablebuttonispressed
DRVBACTIVE:IlluminateswhenIPABisactivated.OffwhenIPAAactivated.
RFMUTE:IlluminateswhenanyRFMuteactionoccurs
BACKUPMODE:IlluminatesREDwhenupperNORMAL/BACKUPswitchselectsBACKUPorwhenMicrofails

Note
If the IPA switch mode is set to AUTO, the manual DRV buttons still function.

Figure 3-3 RF Switch Board Indicators


GreenLED(Left)IndicatesRFOutofIPAintothesplitterisatNormallevel.ThisLEDwillturnOFFwhentheIPA
dropsbelow30%oftheTPOofthetransmitter.WhentheIPAleveldropsbelowthethresholdandDriveChain
SwitchingissettoAuto,therelayontheRFSwitchboardwillswitchtheotherIPA.TheDriveChainLEDonthefront
panelwillturnAmberandaFaultwillbelogged.IfDriveChainSwitchingissettoManualnoswitchingwilloccur
andthetransmitterwillrunatareducedorzeropower.InaFAX5theRFswitchboardbecomestheexciter
switcher,seeSection4fordetailedRFChainpathfortheFAX5.
AmberLED(Right)IndicatesthatIPABisontheair.IfthisLEDisoffIPAAisontheair.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 35
October 28, 2013

Figure 3-4 Multi-Unit Interface Board FAX20/30/40 Only


TheManualDRVASELECT/DRVBSELECTbuttonsselecttheIPApathforallpowerblockssimultaneously.Whenthe
transmitterisinNormalcontrolmodeandanIPAfaultoccurstheswitchingwillhappenautomatically.
BackupisatermusedtodescribeoneofthecontrolmodesfortheFAX.IfafaultshouldoccurintheMicroModule
ortheControl/Displayboard,thetransmitterwillautomaticallygotoBACKUPcontrolmode,andthetransmitterwill
continueoperation.ThisbuttonforcesthetransmitterintotheBACKUPcontrolmodeandallowsforsettingthe
powerinthismodeviathePWRSETpotnexttotheswitch.Thisswitchshouldonlybeusedtosetthepowerfor
BACKUPmodeandotherwiseremaininNORMAL.

3.3.1 RF Sample and RTAC Ports


InthefactorytestdatathereisanentrylabelledSamplePortCouplingFactors.Theseportlocationsaredifferent
dependingonthemodeloftransmitter.Thelastpageofthefactorytestdataliststhecouplingfactorofeachport
overfrequency,thisdataistakendirectlyattheportwithnocablesattached.Howeverthecouplingfactorsnoted
onpagethreeareforthefrequencythetransmitterwastestedatonlyandtakeintoaccountthecablelosstoeach
port.
ForaFAX5/10theRFSampleonthefrontdoor,whichisindicatedonthetestdataasFront,includesthelossofthe
splitterandcable.TheModulationMonitorontherearpanelisindicatedasRear,andincludesthecableloss(no
splitterinline)toitaswell.
FortheFAX20/30/40theRFSampleonthefrontdoorofeachpowerblockisasamplefromthedirectionalcouplerin
eachpowerblockandisnotindicatedonthetestdata.
RefertoFigure33above,theRFSampleportontheMultiUnitPanelinsidepowerblockoneistheFrontsample
portindicatedonthetestdata.Thisportcomesfromthetransmitterdirectionalcouplerattheoutputwhichisa
sampleofthecombinedpower.Itincludesthecableandsplitterloss.
FortheFAX20/30/40RearSampleport,thisisJ5directlyontheoutputdirectionalcoupler.
TheRTACsampleportsarelocatedontherearpanelofPowerBlock1inalltheFAXmodels.Thesesamplesaretaken
fromtheoutputdirectionalcouplerinthesystemandthrougha3waysplitter.Thelevelofthesignalwilllikelybe
tohighfordirectconnectiontotheexciter.Ensurethatthelevelispaddedcorrectlybeforeconnectiontotheexciter
topreventdamagetotheRTACinput.

3.4 Front Panel Operation


Thefollowinginformationistotutorthefirsttimeuseronhowtonavigatethroughthescreenstoobserveoperation
data,performsetupandcalibrationproceduresviathefrontpanelLCD.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


36 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

Figure 3-5 Front Panel LCD Display Controller after Pressing ON

3.4.1 ON/OFF Operation


ToturnthetransmitterONfromthefrontpanelpresstheGreenONbutton.Thefollowingshouldoccur:
GreenONbuttonLEDshouldilluminate
Powersupplyinternalfansturnon
Fansonreardoorofeachpowerblockshouldturnon
Excitershouldunmute
RFshouldrampupfrom0wattstoTPO
ToturnthetransmitterOFFfromthefrontpanelpresstheRedOFFbutton.Thefollowingshouldoccur:
RedOFFbuttonLEDshouldilluminate
Powersupplyfansturnoff
Fansonreardoorofeachpowerblockshouldturnoff
Excitershouldmute
RFshouldrampdownfromTPOto0watts

3.4.2 Power Raise/Lower Procedure


Toraiseorlowerpower,pressandholdtheRAISEorLOWERbuttonuntilthedesiredpowerlevelisreached.

Note
Small time delay: When pressing the RAISE or LOWER buttons, a small delay occurs before the transmit-
ter power actually changes. The same is true when releasing the RAISE or LOWER button. The output
power will continue to change momentarily upon release. This is normal. The control circuits are scan-
ning all of the critical functions and parameters of the transmitter to protect it from an overload. This cre-
ates the slight delay. When setting the power out to a very specific level, release the buttons before the
desired power level is reached. Then give short momentary presses to nudge the power to the exact level
desired.

3.4.3 Remote Enable/Disable Buttons

PressingtheRemoteEnablebuttonallowsthetransmittertobecontrolledbyacustomerprovidedremotecontrol
systemfromoffsite.WhenusingtheGUIorSNMPviaRearEthernetport,nochangescanbemadeunlessthe
RemoteisENABLED.

ThefrontpanelEthernetportandLCDmenusareconsideredaLocalportonthetransmitter,thereforetheRemote
mustbeDisabledforchangestomademade.Thisportshouldneverbeconnectedtoanetwork,itisaDHCPserver.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 37
October 28, 2013

Note
Prior to August 2013 the software required that the Remote be Enabled for both front and rear Ethernet
ports to be enabled for changes to be made. The Remote Enable LED can be RED or GREEN depending
on a dipswitch setting on the Control/Display board. The user can also set a dipswitch on the Control/
Display board to lock out the front panel when the Remote is enabled. See Section 5 of this manual for
details.

Caution
WHENEVER WORK IS BEING PERFORMED ON THE TRANSMITTER SYSTEM,
ALWAYS DISABLE THE REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM BY PRESSING THE DISABLE
BUTTON. THIS WILL PREVENT ANOTHER OPERATOR FROM TURNING THE
TRANSMITTER ON WHILE WORK IS BEING PERFORMED ON IT.

Caution
ALWAYS CHECK TO VERIFY THE REMOTE ENABLED LIGHT IS ILLUMINATED
BEFORE LEAVING THE TRANSMITTER SITE. A REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
CANNOT GAIN CONTROL OF THE TRANSMITTER IF THE DISABLED LIGHT IS
ILLUMINATED. THIS IS AN IMPORTANT SAFETY FEATURE. IF NO REMOTE
CONTROL SYSTEM IS UTILIZED, THEN LEAVE THE TRANSMITTER IN THE
REMOTE DISABLE MODE.

3.5 LCD Navigation Tutorial


Thenavigationbuttoniscomprisedof5separatebuttons,Left,Right,Up,Down,andthecenterBlackENTERbutton.
Thesebuttonsallowtheusertonavigatethroughthemenuscreens,POWER,STATUSandSETUPbyscrollingupor
down,andleftandrighttoselectdifferentpages.TheleftbuttonsometimesworksasaBackbuttontogoback
onescreen(page).
LookingatFigure36leftscreen,thereisanarrowontheleftsidebyTXCONTROL.Thearrowindicatesthereare
moremenusorinformationthatcanbeviewedunderTXCONTROLbypressingtheENTERbutton.
InthecaseofadiamondshapeontheleftsideofthescreenasinFigure36rightscreen,thisindicatesthereis
moreinformationthatcanbeviewedbyusingtheUP/DOWNbutton.

Caution
THERE IS A DIPSWITCH SETTING ON THE CONTROL/DISPLAY BOARD THAT
LOCKS THE FRONT PANEL OUT WHEN REMOTE IS ENABLED. IF THE SWITCH
IS SET TO FRONT PANEL DISABLE, NO CHANGES TO SETUP CAN BE MADE
UNTIL THE REMOTE IS DISABLED. SEE SECTION 5 DIPSWITCH SETTINGS FOR
DETAILS.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


38 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

Figure 3-6 LCD Screen Navigation


IntheSETUPmenuthereareseveralselectionsthatcanbemadetoconfigure,controlandcalibratethetransmitter.
WhennavigatingtheSETUPmenuthefollowingstepscanbeusedasanexamplehowtomakechanges.Inthis
exampletheDatewillbechanged.AfterpressingtheSETUPbutton,scrolldowntoSYSTEMSETUP,pressENTERand
thedisplayshouldbeasshowninFigure37leftscreen.

Figure 3-7 Date Setup

TheDATEscreenwilldisplaythecurrentdate(month/day/year)information.IfyoupresstheENTERbuttonwhen
thearrowisnexttotheselectionyouwishtochange,theselectionwillbehighlightedliketheAPPLYDATEinFigure
37rightscreen.TochangetheMONTH,ensurearrowisnexttoMONTHhighlightitbypressingENTER,usetheup
ordownbuttonstocorrectthedisplayedmonthandthenpressENTER.However,toactuallychangethedatein
memorytheAPPLYDATEmustbepressed.UsetheUPorDOWNbuttonsuntilthearrowisnexttoDATE,pressthe
ENTERbuttontohighlightDATE,theENTERbuttonmustbepressedagainwiththeselectionhighlighted,oncethe
highlightclearsthedateissaved.

InsomecasessuchasDUALEXCITERSsetup,itwillberequiredtochangefromNOtoYES.ThescreenshowsDUAL
EXCITERS:YESasinFigure38,inthiscasewhenthescreenishighlightedtheUP/DOWNbuttons(eitherwillwork)
canchangetheentryfromYEStoNOandthenpresstheENTERbuttontosavethechange.
ThemenutreeforthePOWER,STATUSandSETUPmenusfollowthissection.OnlytheSETUPallowstheuserto
makechanges,POWERandSTATUSareviewonlymenus.Followingtheexampleabovewillallowtheusertoget
comfortablewithnavigationofthemenus.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 39
October 28, 2013

Figure 3-8 YES/NO Change Example

3.6 Power Button Menu


ThePowerButtonlightilluminatesautomaticallywheneverthetransmitterACisturnedon,thisisthedefaulthome
screen.Itprovidestheoperatorverybasicinformationabouthowthetransmitterisoperating.Toviewthisscreen
wheneveranotherscreenisbeingdisplayed,simplypressthePOWERbutton.ThePOWERmenuisinformationonly,
noconfigurationsettingsareavailableinthismenu.

Figure 3-9 POWER Menu


Figure310ShowsalloftheinformationavailablewhenthePOWERbuttonispressed.Thesereadingsareallsystem
readings.ThePAAMPSisthetotalDCcurrentbeingdrawnformallofthepowersuppliesinthesystem.

POWER

FWD:10.0KW
RFLD:0W
PAVOLTS:43.8V
PAAMPS:408A
TXFAULTS:OK
EXCONAIR:A
PWRMODE:NORM

Figure 3-10 POWER Button Menu Tree

3.7 Status Button Menus


PressingtheStatusbuttonwillbringupthescreenshowninFigure311.Thisallowstheuseraccesstospecific
statusinformationincludingthetransmitterEventLOGandmeterreadingsamongotherstatusinformation.The
STATUSmenulikethePOWERmenuisinformationonly.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


310 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

Figure 3-11 STATUS menu

Figure312andFigure313arethemenutreefortheSTATUSbutton.Detailsofeachsubmenuaredescribeinthis
section.Anyreadingsgiveninthismanualshouldnotbeassumedcorrectforyourtransmitter.TheFactoryTest
Datashouldbeconsultedforcorrectreadingsforthetransmitterbeingoperated.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 311
October 28, 2013

Status

Log___________ F/W,DESC,OCCURTIME

Exciter_____________EXCONAIR:A
EXCSWMODE:AUTO
EXCAUTOSW:READY
MODULATION FM
MODULATION:FM
EXCITERA:OK
EXCITERB:OK
EXCAPWR:2119mW
EXCBPWR:0mW AudioPresent
APCV:2.84 AudioStatus ModulatorSubmenusareforFAXExciterONLY
Modulator>>_____________________________ ExciterStatus SeeFAXExciterManual

e C a _________ O
DriveChain_________IPAON:A
IPASWMODE:AUTO
IPAAUTO:READY
PWRBLK1IPA>>_____________________________ IPAA:OK
IPAB:OK (Therecanbeupto4PowerBlocks)
PWRBLK2IPA>>_________IPAA:OK IPAPOWER:13.4W
IPAB:OK IPAVDC:43.4
IPAPOWER:13.4W IPAAAMPS:3.5A
IPAVDC:43.4 IPABAMPS:0.0A
IPA A AMPS:3 5A
IPAAAMPS:3.5A IPA TEMP:33 4C
IPATEMP:33.4C
IPABAMPS:0.0A
IPATEMP:33.4C

PowerAmp_________PABLOCK1>>________________________________PASUMMARY:OK
PBAVGV:44.2V (Therecanbeupto4PowerBlocks)
PABLOCK2>>___________ PASUMMARY:OK PBTOTALI:192.3A
PBAVGV:44.2V PA1A:OK
PBTOTALI:192.3A PA1B:OK
PA1A:OK PA1VDC:44.2V
(PAMetersrepeatedforall7PAmodules) PA1B:OK PA1AAMPS:13.8A
PA1VDC:44.2V PA1BAMPS:13.1A
PA1AAMPS:13.8A PA1TEMP:45.3C
PA1BAMPS:13.1A PA2A:OK
PA1TEMP:45.3C PA2B:OK
PA2A:OK PA2VDC:44.2V
PA2B:OK PA2AAMPS:13.8A
PA2VDC:44.2V PA2BAMPS:13.1A
PA2AAMPS:13.8A PA2TEMP:45.3C
PA2BAMPS:13.1A
PA2TEMP:45.3C

Output____________ OUTPUT:OK
FORWARD9901W
REFLECTED:0W
VSWR:OK
VSWR FLDBK OK
VSWRFLDBK:OK
PWRLIMIT:OK
REJLEVEL:0%
REJLOAD:OK
PABLOCK1>>________________________________FORWARD:5.35KW
REFLECTED:0W
PABLOCK2>>___________ FORWARD:5.39KW VSWR:OK
REFLECTED:0W VSWRFLDBK:OK
VSWR:OK PWRLIMIT:OK
VSWRFLDBK:OK
PWRLIMIT:OK

Figure 3-12 Status Menu Tree Page 1

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


312 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

StatusContinued

PowerSupplies_____PABLOCK1>>___________________________________________________ PSSUMMARY:OK
ACMAINS:OK
PABLOCK2>>___________ PSSUMMARY:OK PBAVGV:44.2V
ACMAINS:OK PBTOTALI:192.5A
PBAVGV:44.2V PSMETERS>>__________PBAVGV:44.2
PBTOTALI:192.5A PS1:OK PBTOTALI:192.5A
PSMETERS>>_________ PBAVGV:44.2 PS2:OK PS1VDC:44.2V
PS1:OK PBTOTALI:192.5A PS3:OK PS2VDC:44.2V
PS2:OK PS1VDC:44.2V PS4:OK PS3VDC:44.2V
PS3:OK PS2VDC:44.2V PS5:OK PS4VDC:44.2V
PS4:OK PS3VDC:44.2V PS6:OK PS5VDC:44.2V
PS5:OK PS4VDC:44.2V PS7:OK PS6VDC:44.2V
PS6:OK PS5VDC:44.2V PS7VDC:44.2V
PS7:OK PS6VDC:44.2V CONTROL:
PS7VDC:44.2V +5V:4.62V
CONTROL: +3.3V:3.30V
+5V:4.62V
+3.3V:3.30V

System___________ SYSSUM:OK
APCSTATUS:ON
APCMODE:DRIVE
CTRLMODE:NORM
PWRMODE:NORM
INTERLOCK:OK
RFMUTE:NO
REMOTEMUTE:NO
EQUIPINTLK:OK
SYSTEMMETERS>>_______________________________________________APCREF:3.50V
APCOUT:3.53V
PABLOCK1>>________________________________FANS:OK PWRLIMIT:0.00V
AIRFLOWSTAT:OK FRONTTEMP:41.0C
PABLOCK2>>___________ FANS:OK REARTEMP:34.9C
AIRFLOWSTAT:OK AIRFLOW:83%
REARTEMP:36.1C
AIRFLOW:90%

SWRevisions______ Application:
0018,May8,2012
GUI:
2.2.5May07,2012
Bootloader:
0035,Mar29,2012

TEST______________TESTMODE

Figure 3-13 Status Menu Tree Page 2

3.7.1 STATUS >LOG Menu


TheLogdisplaysinformationabouteventsandfaultsthathaveoccurredinthetransmitter.Thefaultscanbeboth
activeandclearedfaults.OntheLCDtheactivefaultswillbehighlighted,pressingtheONbuttononthefrontpanel
willclearanyfaultsthatarenolongeractivebutmayshowuphighlightedinthelog.Ifthefaultreturnsafter
pressingtheONbuttontheyarestillactivefaults.Oncethelogisfull,theoldestentrieswilldropoutasnewones
areentered.
TherearefourpossibleentriesintheLOG:
F=Fault;W=Warning;I=Information;A=ActionorEvent
Thefollowingisatypicalfault:
FC1PA6OUT9/2813:10
C1=Cabinet1(FAX20/30/40only)FAX30/40has2cabinetsand3/4powerblocks
PA6OUT=Descriptionoffault

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 313
October 28, 2013

9/2813:10=Timeanddatefaultoccurredorcleared
Ifthisfaultwashighlighteditwouldbeanactivefault

3.7.2 STATUS>EXCITER Menu


TheExcitersubmenudisplaysthestatus,switchingmodeandmeterreadingsfortheExciter(s)installedintheFAX
transmitter.

Table 3-3 STATUS>EXCITER Menu Description

Menu Description

EXCONAIR:A DisplaysOnAirExciterAorB

EXCSWMODE:AUTO Displaysdualexciterswitchingmode:AutoonManual

EXCATUTOSW:READY DisplaystheexciterSwitchoverrelaystatus:ReadyorTripped;IfTrippedmanualreset
requiredbypressingONbutton

MODULATION:FM DisplaysExciterMode:FM,HD,FM+HD,SLC;AlsodisplayedonLCDHOMEscreen;Mode
setbyexciterwhichchangesthetransmitteroperatingmodebetweenClassCandClass
AB

EXCITERA:OK DisplaysstatusofExciterAFaultLine:OK,Fault

EXCITERB:OK DisplaysstatusofExciterBFaultLine:OK,Fault

EXCAPWR:2119mW DisplaysExciterApowerlevelinmilliwatts;CalibratedtoDCvoltagefromexciter
interface.

EXCBPWR:2119mW DisplaysExciterBpowerlevelinmilliwatts;CalibratedtoDCvoltagefromexciter
interface.

APCV:2.84 DisplaysAPCvoltagefromFAXtoExciters(Typicallyabout0.1Voltslessatexciter)Range
04.75VDC(ConfigurableonSystemInterfaceS21)

3.7.3 STATUS>Drive Chain Menu


TheDriveChainsubmenudisplaysthestatus,switchingmodeandmeterreadingsfortheIPAsineachpowerblock.
TheIPAisalwaysintopleftslotineachpowerblock,refertoFigure21.TheIPAhas2amplifiers,sideAandsideB.
OnlyonesideoftheIPAoperates,theotherisinstandbyandreadyforoperationiftheonairsidefaults.Notethat
onIPAswitchovertheIPAsineachPowerBlockwillswitchatthesametime.ForexampleifIPAAfailsinPower
Block3,allIPAsinthetransmitterwillswitchtoIPAB.

STATUS>DriveChainMenuDescription

Menu Description

IPAON:A DisplaystheIPAthatisonair;AllIPAsintransmitterwillbeAorB(noindividualpower
blockswitching)

IPASWMODE:AUTO Displaysdrivechain(IPA)switchingmode:AutoonManual

IPAAUTO:READY DisplaystheDriveChain(IPA)relaystatus:ReadyorTripped;IfTrippedmanualreset
requiredbypressingONbutton;TripisonIPARFLevelonlywhichisdetectedoonRF
Switchbd.Triplevelis500mVoutofdetectorwhichisapproximately30%ofTPO.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


314 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

STATUS>DriveChainMenuDescription

Menu Description

PWRBLK1IPA>> DisplaysFaultstatusandmeterreadingsforIPAinpowerblock1

PWRBLK2IPA>> DisplaysFaultstatusandmeterreadingsforIPAinpowerblock2(Ifused)

PWRBLK3IPA>> DisplaysFaultstatusandmeterreadingsforIPAinpowerblock3(Ifused)

PWRBLK4IPA>> DisplaysFaultstatusandmeterreadingsforIPAinpowerblock4(Ifused)

3.7.4 STATUS>POWER AMP Menu


ThePowerAmpsubmenudisplaysthestatusandmeterreadingsforthepoweramplifiermodulesineachpower
block.IncludedinthemeterreadingsistheSummaryFault,PAvoltageandtotalPADCCurrentforthepowerblock.
Thereadingsforeachmodule(exceptforthethreepowerblockreadings)arerepeatedforallsevenpoweramplifier
modulesinthepowerblock.Therecanbeuptofourpowerblocksinthetransmitter.
\

Table 3-4 STATUS>POWER AMP Menu Description

Menu Field Description

PABLOCK1 PASUMMARY:OK DisplaysPASummaryFault:OKorFault;FaultsareOVRTEMP,OVRCUR,


OVRDRV,VSWR,MODPRESENT,UDRVOLTSforallmodules.

PBAVGV:44.2V DisplaysAverageDCvoltsfortheentirepowerblock

PBTOTALI:192.3A DisplaysTotalDCcurrentdrawnfromthepowersuppliesbytheentire
powerblock

PA1A:OK DisplaysPAxAsideStatus:OKorFAULT

PA1B:OK DisplaysPAxBsideStatus:OKorFAULT

PA1VDC:44.2V DisplaysPAxPAVreading

PA1AAMPS:13.8A DisplaysPAxAsidecurrentreading

PA1BAMPS:13.1A DisplaysPAxBsidecurrentreading

PA1TEMP:45.3C DisplaysPAxheatsinktemperaturereading

Note
PA readings will be repeated for all Power Amplifiers (4 times FAX5 and 7 times all others) and Power
Blocks (up to 4) in the transmitter.

3.7.5 STATUS>OUTPUT Menu


TheOUTPUTsubmenudisplaysinformationontheRFpowerforthesystemandeachpowerblock.Thepowerblock
readingswillberepeatedforeachpowerblockinthetransmitter,uptofour.RejectloadreadingsareforthePower
Blockand/orcabinetcombinerandwillonlybeavailableontheFAX20/30/40models.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 315
October 28, 2013

Table 3-5 STATUS>OUTPUT Menu Description

Menu Field Description

OUTPUT:OK OK,WarningorFault

FORWARD:9901W DisplaysTransmitterForwardPower

REFLECTED:0W DisplaysTransmitterReflectedPower

VSWR:OK OKorFAULT;Tripsat1.5:1

VSWRFLDBK:OK OKorFAULTFoldbackpointisusersettableviaGUIbetween1.3:1
and1.5:1

PWRLIMIT:OK OKorFAULT;Powerlimitis110%ofcalibratedpower;setin
hardware

REJLEVEL:0% DisplaysRejectloadpowerinpercent;100%wouldbewithone
powerblockoffor1cabinetshutoff

REJLOAD:OK OKorFAULT;FaultsareRF,FanorTemp

PABLOCK1 FORWARD:9901W DisplaysPowerBlockForwardPower

REFLECTED:0W DisplaysPowerBlockReflectedPower

VSWR:OK OKorFAULT;PowerblockTripsatslightlyhigherthan1.5:1for
powerblock

VSWRFLDBK:OK OKorFAULT;Setincodetoslightlyhigherthan1.5:1forpower
block

PWRLIMIT:OK OKorFAULT;Powerlimitis110%ofpowerblockcalibrated
power

Note
PA Block readings will be repeated for each Power Block in the transmitter.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


316 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

3.7.6 STATUS>POWER SUPPLIES Menu


ThePOWERSUPPLIESsubmenudisplaysinformationonthepowersuppliesineachpowerblock.Themenudisplays
bothstatusandmeterreadingforeachindividualsupply.ThePowerSupplyfaulthasthreefaultoutputstothe
transmitter,thesehoweveraretiedtogetheronthePowerSupplyInterfaceBoardandreportedasagenericfault.
Toobtaintheactualfaultinthepowersupply,refertothetroubleshootingsectionofthismanual.

Table 3-6 STATUS>POWER SUPPLIES Menu Description

Menu Field Description

PABLOCK1 PSSUMMARY:OK OKorFault;AnysupplyisfaultedthiswillbeFault

ACMAINS:OK ACMainsUndervoltageMonitor:OKorFault;below
approximately190VACisFault

PBAVGV:44.2V AveragepowersupplyDCvoltageinPBx

PBAVGI:192.5A TotalDCcurrentdrawnfromall7powersuppliescombinedinPB
x

PSMETERS PSMetersforVoltageandCurrent

PS1:OK OKorFault;genericpowersupplyfaultRectifier,PowerorTemp

PS2:OK OKorFault;genericpowersupplyfaultRectifier,PowerorTemp

PS3:OK OKorFault;genericpowersupplyfaultRectifier,PowerorTemp

PS4:OK OKorFault;genericpowersupplyfaultRectifier,PowerorTemp

PS5:OK OKorFault;genericpowersupplyfaultRectifier,PowerorTemp

PS6:OK OKorFault;genericpowersupplyfaultRectifier,PowerorTemp

PS7:OK OKorFault;genericpowersupplyfaultRectifier,PowerorTemp

Note
Power Supply readings will be repeated for each Power Block in the transmitter.

3.7.7 STATUS>SYSTEM Menu


TheSYSTEMsubmenudisplaysstatusinformationontheControlandCoolingsectionsofthetransmitterIfanyof
thesubmenusarenotshownasNORMorOKthentheSystemLEDwillbeYelloworRed.
ThefollowingareeventsthatcanissueaSystemFaultorWarning:

PowerModeNormal,LoworUPS
APCOnorOff
PowerLimit110%ofcalibratedpower
VSWRFoldback1.3:to1.5:1Userconfigured
MuteassertedbycontrollerorremoteMute
InterlockExternalorEquipment
ControlModeNormal,BackuporLifesupport
FansFanfaultondoororRejectload

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 317
October 28, 2013

AirflowMeasuredonPSInterfaceboard

Table 3-7 STATUS>SYSTEM Menu Description

Menu Field Description

SYSSUM:OK SystemsummaryOK,WarningorFault

APCSTATUS:ON APCStatusONorOFF

APCMODE:DRIVE APCModeDRIVE(APCtoExciters)orIPA(APCtotheIPA)

CTRLMODE:NORM ControlModeNORMorBackup(Onlywaythiscanbebackup
isControlswitchS1onSystemInterfacebdissettoBACKUP)

PWRMODE:NORM PWRModeNorm,LOWorUPS

INTERLOCK:OK InterlockstatusOKorFLT(J124UserInterface)

RFMUTE:NO RFMuteNOorMUTED

REMOTEMUTE:NO RemoteMuteNOorMUTED

EQUIPINTLK:OK EquipmentInterlockOKorFLT(J19UserInterface)

SYSTEMMETERS APCREF:3.50V APCReferencesetbymicroduringsystemcalibration

APCOUT:3.53V APCoutputvoltage,changeswithRaise/LowerPower

PWRLIMIT:0.00V PowerLimit0Vuntilthe110%powerlimitisreachedor
VSWRFoldbackoccurs(1.3:1to1.5:1)

FRONTTEMP:41.0C FrontTemperaturemeasuredonControl&Display
Board(IndicationOnly)

PABLOCKx FANS:OK StatusoffansonreardoorofpowerblockOKorFAULT

AIRFLOWSTAT:OK StatusofairflowsensorOKorFAULT

REARTEMP:36.1C RearTemperaturemeasuredonPowerSupplyInterface(Hot
AirthroughPAModulesandpowersupplies)controlsfan
speed

AIRFLOW:90% PercentofairflowmeasuredonPowerSupplyInterface
Board;Typically90%undernormaloperatingconditions.
Rampsupto100%underfaultconditionsandhigherexhaust
temperatures

3.7.8 STATUS>>SW REVISIONS


Softwarerevisionscurrentlyinstalledinthetransmitter,includesBootloader,GUIandApplicationsoftware.

3.7.9 STATUS>>TEST
Testmodeisforfuturesoftwaredevelopment.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


318 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

3.8 SET-UP Button


PressingtheSETUPbuttonbringsupalistingallofthefeaturestheoperatorcancontrolandcustomizeinthe
transmitter.Thissubmenualsoallowsforallcalibrationsfortheentiretransmitter.Figure315andFigure316is
theSETUPMenuTree.

Note
When making changes to the transmitter via the LCD Remote must be Disabled.

Figure 3-14 SETUP Menu

WhenusedwithaFAXexciterthesomeexciterconfiguremenusareavailableonthetransmitterlcd.Ifthese
menusareblankordonotmatchthesetupmenufieldsontheexciterlcdthenacommunicationsproblemexists.
ThiscommunicationbetweencontrollersisviaRS485.Ensurethetransmitterinterfacecableisseatedproperlyand
theRS485baudratesmatchinbothexciterandtransmitterSETUP>>NETWORKSETUPmenus.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 319
October 28, 2013

SETUP

TXCONTROL_______PWRMODESET:NORM
EXCONAIR:A
IPAONAIR:A
EXCSWMODE:AUTO
IPASWMODE:AUTO
APC:ON

SYSTEMSETUP_____ ID:HARRISTRAINING
DATE:06/05/2012
TIME:9:39:27AM

TXCONFIGURATION_TXMODEL:FAX20
FREQ:98.10MHz
PWR:20000Watts
U C S S
DUALEXCITERS:YES
INTERNALIPA:YES
ACINPUT:3D

TXCALIBRATE______TXPOWERCAL___________MODULATION:FM
TXTPO:10000W
CALIBTRATE:NO

POWERSUPPLYSET_______MODULATION:FM
PS SET:50V
PSSET:50V
SET:NO

AIRFLOWSET____________PB1AIRFLOW>>___________________________AIRFLOW:1992mV
AIRFLOWCAL:97%
PB2AIRFLOW>>_______ AIRFLOW:1992mV SETPB1100%:NO
AIRFLOWCAL:97%
SETPB2100%:NO

PWRBLOCKCAL__________UNITPWR:10000W
CALIBRATE:NO
PB1FWD:3.53V
PB2RFLD:1.54V

REJLOADCAL____________SYSREJECTCAL>>______REJLEVEL:0%
REJSENSE:275mV
SETSYS100%:NO

CALRESTORE____________MODULATION:FM
PWRCALGAIN:2.81V
CALRESTORE:NO

Figure 3-15 SETUP Menu Tree Page 1

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


320 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

SETUPContinued


EXCITERSETUP______EXCSELECTED:A
EXCTYPE:FLEXSTAR
EXCSLCSEL:FM
EXCPWRCAL____________MODULATION:FM
EXCPWR:1990mV
EPWRCAL:2260mW
CALIBRATE:NO
SETTHRESHOLD:NO
EXCCONFIG>> EXCCONFIGSubmenusareforFAXExciterONLY
SeeFAXExciterManual

NETWORKSETUP____ REARMACADDRESS: 000000000000


REARMODE: STATIC
REARIPADDRESS: 137.237.245.120
REARGATEWAY: 137.237.245.97
REARSUBNETMASK: 255.255.255.192
FRONTMACADDRESS: 000000000000
FRONTIPADDRESS: 192.168.117.88
RS485BAUDRATE: 115200

DISPLAYMODE______DISPLAYMODE:EXPERT

Figure 3-16 SETUP Menu Tree Page 2

3.9 Transmitter Setup/Configuration and Calibration

3.9.1 SETUP>TX CONTROL Menu


TheTXCONTROLmenuallowsforcontroloftheExcitersandIPAswithintheFAXtransmitter.

Table 3-8 SETUP>TX CONTROL Menu

Menu Description

PWRMODESET NORM,LOW(LowPower)orUPS;LowpowersetsRFoutputatapproximately25%of
Calibratedpower;UPSmodeassertedfromUserRemoteJ1;SeeNote1

EXCONAIR ManuallyswitchesexcitersAorBtoonair

IPAONAIR ManuallyswitchesIPAAorBtoonair

EXCSWMODE SetsExciterswitchingmodebetweenAUTOandMANUAL;SeeNote2

IPASWMODE SetsIPAswitchingmodebetweenAUTOandMANUAL;SeeNote2

APC SetsAPCmodetoONorOFF;SeeNote3

NOTE1ThePWRModeshouldbeleftinNORM,thisallowforfulltransmitterpowerout.TheLOWorlowpower
modewillsetthetransmittertoapproximatelyquarterpower.Thiscanbeusedforantennaworkoranytimethe
needforthetransmittertooperateatthislevel.ThissettingisalsoavailableviatheremoteGUI.Thetransmitter
willgotothismodeautomaticallyundercertainfaultconditionssuchasrejectloadfaultoracoolingfault.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 321
October 28, 2013

Note2IftheExciterandIPAswitchmodesaresettoAuto,thetransmitterwillstillallowtheusertomanuallyforce
eithertotheoffairIPAorexciter.However,whentheswitchmodeissettoManual,theIPAandexcitercannotbe
automaticallyswitched.EnsurethesearesettoAUTOatalltimesunlessperformingmaintenance.Inthecaseof
singleexciteroperationtheExciterswitchmodeisignored.
Note3TheAPCshouldalwaysbelefttoON.IfthisissettoOFF,thetransmitterpowerwillnotbecontrolledby
APCandTPOwillnotbemaintainedto0.25dB.Undercertainfaultconditionsthetransmittercontrollerwillshut
theAPCoff.

3.9.2 SETUP>SYSTEM SETUP Menu


TheIDmustbesetusingtheRemoteGUI.SeeSection3.10fordetailsofhowtoconnectandnavigatetheRemote
GUI(StationName).TheIDcanbeupto20characterslongbeforebeingcutoffontheLCDscreen.
TheDATEandTIMEmenuswillallowforthemtobechanged/updated.Thedateisenteredinmmddyyyyformat.
TheMonthautomaticallybecomesthefirstselection.Thetimeisenteredasa24hourclockhowever,afterentering
thetimeisdisplayedasa12hourclock.Forexample,toenteratimeof3:00PM,enter15forhours.

3.9.3 SETUP>TX CONFIGURATION

Table 3-9 SETUP>TX CONFIGURATION Menu

Menu Description

TXMODEL FAX5/10/20/30/40

FREQ Setsfrequency(SeeNotebelow)

PWR SetsthecalibrationofthebargraphontheLCDHomeScreen;onceforwardissetthe
reflectedwillbesetto1.5:1VSWRbasedonforwardpower

DUALEXCITERS YESfor2ExcitersorNOforSingleExciter

INTERNALIPA YesforInternalIPA;NOforIPABYPASS;AlwaysIPA

ACINPUT 1PH,3D,3Y(DisplayOnly)

FREQisdisplayonlyunlessusingaFAXexciter.IncaseoftheFAXthisfieldisbidirectionalbetweenthethe
transmitterandExciterandthissettingwillactuallychangetransmitterfrequency.
SettingtheDUALEXCITERStoYESwillenableAUTOswitchfunction.

3.9.4 SETUP>TX CALIBRATE


TheTXCALIBRATEMenuallowsforcalibrationofallparametersintheFAXtransmitter.Thecalibrationprocedures
canbefoundinSection5ofthismanual.

3.9.5 SETUP>TX CALIBRATE>TX POWER CAL Menu


ThestepsforpowercalibrationareoutlinedinSection5ofthismanual.Thesestepsshouldbefollowedinorderto
accuratelycalibrateyourFAXtransmitter.ThereisacalibrationpointstoredforeachoftheModulationmodes,
FM,FM+HDandHD.Ifthetransmitterissetuptoruninmorethanonemodeapowercalibrationmustbe
completedforeachmodethatwillbeused.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


322 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

Table 3-10 SETUP>TX CALIBRATE>TX POWER CAL

Menu Description

MODULATION Transmittermodetocalibratepowerin;FM,FM+HD,HD;Setbyexciter

TXTPO RFPowertocalibratethetransmitterat(TPO)

CALIBRATE CalibrateYESorNO

3.9.6 SETUP>TX CALIBRATE>POWER SUPPLY SET


ThereisapowersupplysetpointstoredforeachoftheModulationmodes,FM,FM+HDandHD.Ifthetransmitteris
setuptoruninmorethanonemodethesupplyvoltagemustbesetforeachmodethatwillbeused.Allsuppliesin
allofthepowerblockswillbesettothisvoltage.

Warning
THE TRANSMITTER RUNS MOST EFFICIENT AT LOWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES, HOWEVER
THE TRANSMITTER CAN FAULT UNDER CERTAIN CONDITIONS (FREQUENCY, QUALITY
OF LOAD, ETC) WHEN THE POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE IS SET TOO LOW. TYPICAL
FAULTS WILL BE PA MODULE OVERDRIVE. IF THE TRANSMITTER IS REPORTING THIS
FAULT AND POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE IS SET TO MINIMUM, TRY RAISING THE VOLT-
AGE UP 2 VOLTS TO SEE IF THE PROBLEM CLEARS.

Table 3-11 SETUP>TX CALIBRATE>POWER SUPPLY SET

Menu Description

MODULATION Transmittermodetosetpowersupplyvoltage;FM,FM+HD,HDShouldmatchexciter
mode.

PSSET VoltagetosetthepowersupplyDCoutputbetween44and52VDCin0.1Voltsteps

SET YESorNO

3.9.7 SETUP>TX CALIBRATE>AIRFLOW SET


Tosetairflowthetransmitterfansmustbeatfullspeedwhichis100%airflow.Alsopriortocalibratingairflowtheair
filtersshouldbecheckedandcleanedifnecessary.SeeSection5ofthismanualforairflowcalibrationprocedure.
Airflowcalibrationmustbecompletedforpowerblockinthetransmitter.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 323
October 28, 2013

Table 3-12 SETUP>TX CALIBRATE>AIRFLOW SET

Menu SubMenu Description

PB1AIRFLOW AIRFLOW AirflowVoltagetoADC(DisplayOnly)

AIRFLOWCAL %ofairflowcurrentlybeingmeasuredbytransmitter

SETPB1100% YESorNO;Tosetairflowthetransmitterfansshouldberunningfullspeed
whichis100%airflow.

Note
Under normal conditions the airflow % typically will be between 75 and 90 %.

3.9.8 SETUP>TX CALIBRATE>PWR BLOCK CAL


ThisprocedureisnotintheFAX5/10menusincethereisonlyonepowerblockanditiscalibratedusingtheTXPWR
CALmenu.InaFAX20/30/40therewillbemultiplepowerblocksandvoltagesforeachwillappearinthemenu.See
Section5ofthismanualfordetailedpowerblockcalibrationprocedure.
Thepowerblockpowercannotbemeasureddirectlywithaninlinemeter,sothepowerwillbeestimatedbasedon
transmitterpowerwhichshouldbecalibratedpriortocalibratingthepowerblock.Thepowerblockshouldbe
calibratedatthe2%abovepowerblockpower.ThefollowingexampleisforFAX20@20kW:
(TXTPO/#ofpowerblocks)+2%
(20000/2)=10000
10000+(10000*2%)=10,200Watts
The2%isanestimateoflossinthesplittingandcombiningsystemswithintheFAX.

Table 3-13 SETUP>TX CALIBRATE>PWR BLOCK CAL


Menu Description

UNITPWR 10200W;Powerthatthepowerblockwillbecalibratedto.

CALIBRATE YESorNO

PB1FWD 3.50V;Calibrationreferencevoltageforpowerblockforwardpower

PB1RFLD 1.73V;Calibrationreferencevoltageforpowerblockreflectedpower

PB2FWD 3.50V;Calibrationreferencevoltageforpowerblockforwardpower

PB2RFLD 1.73V;Calibrationreferencevoltageforpowerblockreflectedpower

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


324 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

3.9.9 SETUP>TX CALIBRATE>REJ LOAD CAL


RejectloadcalibrationwillonlybeinFAX20/30/40models.Itisusedtocalibratethepowerintothepowerblock
combinerrejectload(6kW)andthecabinetcombinerrejectload(12kW).TherewillbemultipleRejectLoadsinthe
FAX30/40models.SeeSection5ofthismanualfordetailedRejectLoadcalibrationprocedure.

Table 3-14 SETUP>TX CALIBRATE>REJ LOAD CAL

Menu Description

REJLEVEL 0%;Powerthatiscurrentlyinputtorejectload(DisplayOnly)

REJSENSE 275mV;VoltagefromrejectloaddetectorthatisonFanControlBoard(DisplayOnly)

SETSYS100% YESorNO

3.9.10 SETUP>TX CALIBRATE>CAL RESTORE


Usedtorestorelastcalibrationstoredinmemory.Onlyoneisstored.Ifacalibrationiscompleted,ieforwardor
reflectedpower,anditisnotcorrectrestorewillnotcorrecttheproblem.Calibrationwillberequiredagain.

Table 3-15 SETUP>TX CALIBRATE>CAL RESTORE

Menu Description

MODULATION Modetransmitterisin,FM,FM+HDorHD

POWERCALGAIN CalibrationGainsettingfortransmitter(Displayonly)

CALRESTORE YESorNO

3.9.11 SETUP>EXCITER SETUP


Allowsforsetupandpowercalibrationforeachexciter.AlsotosettheThresholdwheretheexciterswitchestothe
backup.

Table 3-16 SETUP>EXCITER SETUP


Menu Submenu Description

EXCSELECTED AorB;Settoonairexciter;SeeNote1

EXCTYPE SettoExcitertype;DIGIT,FLEXSTAR,FAX,
MICROMAX,SUPERCITER,CUSTDRV,CUSTIPA;SeeNote2

EXCSLCSEL NA,FMorHD;SeeNote3

EXCPWRCAL MODULATION FM,FM+HDorHDDisplayOnlyofcurrentexcitermode

EXCPWR 1990mV;SeeNote4

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 325
October 28, 2013

Table 3-16 SETUP>EXCITER SETUP

Menu Submenu Description

EPWRCAL 2260mW:Powertocalat,shouldmatchEXCPWR
above
CALIBRATE YESOFNO;SeeNote5

SETTHRESHOLD YESorNO;Seenote6

Note1SelectingExciterAorBinthismenudoesnotchangetheonairexciter.Thisallowsforsetupupofthe
exciterthatiscurrentlyonair,notforcalibratingtheoffairexciter.Ensurethatthecorrectexciterisselectedinthis
menu.
Note2Excitertypemustmatchtheexcitermodelfortheexciterselected.ForHarrisBroadcastproducts,thelist
isfilledwithmodelscurrentlyavailable.FornonHarrisBroadcastexciters,selecteitherCUSTDRVorCUSTIPA.
CUSTDRVisfornonHarrisBroadcastexcitersthathaveanexternalAPCinputthatcanaccept04.75VDC.The
excitermusthaveafastenoughAPCresponsetimetoallowtheexcitertovaryitsoutputpowerwithrespecttothis
voltage.ThetransmitterwillincreasethisAPCvoltagewhenitrequiresmoredriveanddecreasethisvoltagewhen
itrequireslessdrive.WhenusingCUSTDRV,theIPAwithintheFAXissetformaximumgain.Iftryingtoruninthe
FM+HDorHDmodes,thissettingisrequired.
CUSTIPAisfornonHarrisBroadcastexcitersthatdonothaveanexternalAPCinput.Inthismode,theexciterwill
putoutafixeddriveusingitsinternalAPCandtheAPCfromthetransmitterwilldrivetheFAXIPA.Thismode
cannotbeusedforanyHDmodes.IfusingCUSTIPAdipswitchS15onPABackplaneboard1(topboard)wherethe
IPAplugsinmustbesettoON.ThispassestheAPCvoltagetotheIPA.
Note3EXCSLCSELisusedonlyforSplitLevelCombinedsystems.ThissettingwilldependonthemodeoftheFAX
inSLCoperation,NAfornonSLCapplications.
Note4Theexcitervoltagewillbesetbuthescalingintheexciter.InHarrisBroadcastexcitersitistypicallysetto
4VDC=xWatts.Thisvoltageshouldbesetascloseaspossibleto2000mVatTPOwhendualexcitersareused.
Note5Excitercalibrationmustbecompletedforeachmodeofoperationthatwillbeusedbythetransmitter.
Notethattheexcitercalibrationisinmilliwattsnotwatts.MostHarrisBroadcastexcitersdisplayinWatts.
Note6Thethresholdsetupisfordualexcitersystemsonlyandsetsthepointwerechangeoveroccurs.Theactual
switchoverisbasedonthevoltagefromtheexciterandthethresholdcanbesetintherangeof100mVto2000mV.
Ifoutsidethatrangethedefaultis40%ofthecalibratedvoltage.

3.9.12 SETUP>NETWORK SETUP


ThenetworksetuppagerefersonlytotherearEthernetportoftheFAXtransmitter.
ThefollowingportsareusedintheFAXtransmitter.
WebserverPort80TCP/UDP
TelnetPort23TCP/UDP
SNMPPort161TCP/UDP(Userconfigurable161,162,49152to65535)
SNMPTrapsPort162TCP/UDP

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


326 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

Table 3-17 SETUP>NETWORK SETUP

Menu Description

REARMAC 000000000000;Displayonly
ADDRESS

REARMODE STATICorDHCP

REARIPADDRESS 192.168.1.10

REARGATEWAY 255.255.255.0

REARSUBNET 192.168.1.1
MASK

FRONTMAC 000000000000;Displayonly;SeeNote1
ADDRESS

FRONTIPADDRESS 192.168.117.88;Displayonly

RS485BAUDRATE 115200or312500;whenusedwithFAXExciterONLY,mustmatchexciter

Note1ThefrontpanelEthernetportissetupasaDHCPserverandaLANshouldNOTbeconnectedtothisport.
ThisportissetupforlocaltestandmonitoringandthedefaultIPaddressisfactorysetto192.168.117.88.Itwill
automaticallyassignthecomputeranIPaddressonitssubnet.Tomakeanychangestothesetupviathefront
Ethernetport,REMOTEmustbedisabled.
IfaremotecontrolconnectionistobemadeviaIP,therearEthernetportshouldbeusedforthispurpose.Usingthe
SETUP>NETWORKSETUPmenu,therearEthernetportparameterscanbechanged.TheseparametersincludeIP
address,SubnetMask,DefaultGatewayandMode.
ToaccesstheGUIasimplewebbrowsercanbeused.TologinandnavigatetheRemoteGUIsee3.10Remote
GraphicalUserInterface(GUI)ofthismanual.

3.9.13 SETUP>DISPLAY MODE


DisplaymodecanbeeitherEXPERTorNOVICE.SettingDisplayModetoNovicelocksouttheabilityto
changethetransmittersetupandcontrolswithintheSetupmenu.Thisscreenisnotpasswordprotectedand
accessiblebyanyone.

3.9.14 SETUP>RESTORE DEFAULTS


Restoredefaultsallowstheusertorestorethefactorysetup,whichisthewaythetransmittershippedafter
finaltest.

3.10 Remote Graphical User Interface (GUI)


TheRemoteGUIcanbeaccessedfromeitherthefrontorrearEthernetportontheFAXtransmitter.Itrequiresa
loginonbothports.ThisloginscreenisshowninFigure317.
TheFrontEthernetportisaDHCPServer,itshouldnotbeconnectedtotheLAN/WANorIPaddressingproblemswill
occur.ThefrontEthernetportIPaddressis192.168.117.88andiscodedintothesoftwaresotheusercannot
changeit.SeeSection3.7.12forsettinguptherearEthernetport.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 327
October 28, 2013

Figure 3-17 Remote GUI Login Screen

Note
Depending on the version of software the factory default LOGINs and PASSWORDs may be different.
Beginning in August 2013 these were changed. See below for more details. Old passwords will be
retained when upgrading.

BeginningAugust2013:
Fromtheloginscreentherearethreeloginsthataresetatthefactory.Thepasswordsarecasesensitiveandmax9
characters.
EngineerLogin1Username:harris;Password:harris
EngineerLogin2Username:user2;Password:pass2
EngineerLogin3Username:user3;Password:pass3
EngineerLogin4Username:user4;Password:pass4
AdministrationLoginUsername:admin;Password:admin
TheEngineerloginsallowfullcontrolandmonitoringofthetransmitter.
TomakechangesviatheFrontEthernetport,REMOTEmustbesettoDisable.IfconnectingtotherearEthernet
portREMOTEmustbesettoEnable.
TheAdministrationlogin,Figure318,allowsfortheusertosetupthepasswordsfortheEngineerlogins,setthe
passwordforthenetadminlogin,andthesetthetimeoutfortheGUI.Thenetadminusernameandpasswordcan
bechanged.

PriortoAugust2013:
Fromtheloginscreentherearethreeloginsthataresetatthefactory.Thepasswordsarecasesensitiveandmax9
characters.
EngineerLogin1Username:admin;Password:admin
EngineerLogin2Username:user2;Password:pass2
AdministrationLoginUsername:netadmin;Password:harris
TheEngineerloginsallowfullcontrolandmonitoringofthetransmitter.
TomakechangesoneitherFrontEthernetport,REMOTEmustbesettoDisable.
TheAdministrationlogin,allowsfortheusertosetupthepasswordsfortheEngineerlogins,setthepasswordfor
thenetadminlogin,andthesetthetimeoutfortheGUI.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


328 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

Figure 3-18 Administration login Screen

3.10.1 GUI HOME SCREEN


AftertheuserhascorrectlyenteredoneofthetwoEngineerlogin/passwordcombinationstheGUIwillopenatthe
FAXHomescreenshowninFigure319.AlloftheconfigurationsettingsavailableareundertheSYSTEMbuttonon
thehomescreen.Eachofthesemenuswillbedescribedinthefollowingsections.Theotherbuttonsareforcontrol
andmonitoring,thesearethesameparametersthatwerediscussedintheLCDmenutreeSectionsabove.Itisbest
fortheuserstonavigatethroughthesetogetfamiliarwheretofindinformationabouteachsectionofthe
transmitter.

Figure 3-19 GUI Home Screen


Thebuttonsontherightsideofthehomescreenareformonitoring,setupandcontrol.Eachbuttonwilltakethe
usertoasubmenu(s).NochangescanbemadeandnocontrolisavailableunlessavalidEngineerloginisused.If
usingtherearEthernetportRemotemustbeenabledandifusingthefrontEthernetportRemotemustbedisabled.
TransmitterIDThemiddleofthetopbarshowstheID,thiscanbechangedintheSYSTEM>SERVICE>menu.The
StationIDcanbeupto20characterslong.
TransmitterModelTopbarontherightsideshowsthemodelofFAX5/10/20/30/40.
EVENTLOGDisplaystheEventLog
FWD100%MarkTheverticalbarinthepowerbargraphreflectedpowerdisplayis100%powerbasedonthe
NominalPower(w)intheSYSTEM>SETUPMenu.ThiscanalsobechangedintheSETUPmenuontheLCD.Thisis
notnecessarilythepowerthetransmitterwascalibratedat.
RFLD100%MarkTheverticalbarinthepowerbargraphdisplayforreflectedpoweris100%powerbased1.5:1
VSWRofthecalibratedpower.
Modeshowsthecurrentoperatingmodeofthetransmitter,FM,FM+HD,HDorSLC.DisplayOnly.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 329
October 28, 2013

FrequencyShowscurrentoperatingfrequencyofthetransmitterenteredintotheFAX.ForFAXexcitersthis
changestheexciterfrequencyviaRS485.Forallotherexcitersitisdisplayonlyandtoseecurrentfrequencythe
operatormustrefertotheexciterfrequency.

Theiconsinthemiddleofthescreenareanalogoustothebuttonsontherightsideofthedisplay.Ifoneormoreof
theiconsarered,thaticoncanbeclickedonandtheusercandrillintothesubmenustofindaparticularfault.The
faultlogcanalsobeviewedundertheSYSTEMmenubyclickingtheSYSTEMbuttonandnavigatingtothefaultlog.
ThePrimaryFaultswillturnRedwhenanyoftheeventsshownchangesstate.
ACMainsFaultswhentheAClinevoltagetothemainpowersuppliesdropsbelow190VAConanyphase.
ExternalInterlockTurnsredwhentheExternalInterlockontheRemoteconnectorJ124andJ125arenotclosed.
VSWRFaultsatVSWRof1.5:1
ExciterTripDisplaysthestatusoftheinternalExciterswitchoverrelay.
IPATripDisplaysthestatusoftheinternalIPAswitchoverrelay.
FoldbackWarningat1.3:1VSWR(factoryDefault).ThissettingcanbechangedintheGUISYSTEM>SERVICEMenu.
Therangeis1.3to1.5.

3.10.2 Event Log Menu

Figure 3-20 GUI Fault/Event Log Screen


TheFault/EventloginsoftwarerevisionspriortoApplicationcode24wasstrictlyaFaultlog.Thelogisshownin
Figure320.Faultsareshownasactive,inred,andclearedwithdateandtime.ToresetthelogclickontheReset
Logbutton.TodisplayonlyActiveFaultsclickontheActiveFaultsbutton.
ThefirstfaultinFigure320showsthatPA4wasoutinpowerblock1(PB1).Thefaultoccurredat15:41:41on10/
02/12.Itwasclearedat14:41:42on10/02/12.

Theeventscanbefilterbyclickingonanyofthelettersinthe[AC/FWIA].
A=ActiveFaults
C=ClearedFaults
F=Faults
W=Warnings
I=Information
A=Action
Clickingthefloppydiskiconwillopenanewtabinthewebbrowser,thiscanthenbesavedasatextfile,htmlfileor
copyandpastedintoexcel.

Clickingontheprintericonwillallowtheeventlogtobeprintedtoaninstalledprinter.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


330 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

3.10.3 System>System Setup Menu

Figure 3-21 System Setup Screen


FrequencySetintheLCDSETUPmenu.SetstheexciterfrequencywhenusedwithFAXexciter.Allotherexciters
thisisdisplayonly.
NominalPowerSetsthe100%markonBargraphforforwardpower
NumberofExcitersMustbesetto2fordualexcitermode.Thiswillenableautoswitchingfunction
InternalIPAAlwayssettoYES(FutureNeed)
ACMainsDisplayonly,hasnoeffectontransmitteroperation
VSWRFoldbackSetsthefoldbackpointbetween1.3and1.5.Factorydefaultsettingis1.3.Thissettingaffects
onlythetransmitterVSWRnoteachindividualpowerblockVSWR.Thepowerblocksaresettofoldbackat1.5:1in
FAX20/30/40.
FwdPwrWarnThresh(dB)IfRFpoweroutdropsbelowthisthresholdaWarningwillbegeneratedandBargraph
willturnYellow.Thisisbasedoncalibratedpower.
FwdPwrFaultThresh(dB)IfRFpoweroutdropsbelowthisthresholdaFaultwillbegeneratedandBargraphwill
turnRed.Thisisbasedoncalibratedpower.

3.10.4 System>System Setup>System Service Menu

Figure 3-22 TIME Screen


StationNameUpto20characters
ModelNumberSetatfactory
SerialNumberSetatthefactory
FeatureKeySetsuptheoptionsthatareinstalledintheexciter.ContactHarrisBroadcastServicefordetails
Date/TimeSetstheclockinthetransmitter.DisabledwhenNTPisenabled.SeeSection3.10.8forNTPConfig.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 331
October 28, 2013

3.10.5 System>System Setup>System Config Menu

Figure 3-23 System Config Screen


ProgrammableOutput14Allowsfor4RemoteI/OoutputsonJ1UserRemotetobeuserconfigured.Dropdown
boxshowsavailablesettings.
ExciterConfigurationAllowsforselectingtheexcitertypeforeachexciterinservice.Dropdownboxshows
availablesettings.

3.10.6 System>System Setup>Network Menu


TheNetworkscreenallowsconfigurationoftherearEthernetport.

Note
Be sure to click Save before exiting screen or changes will be lost. Save will appear once changes are
made.

Figure 3-24 Network Setup Screen


FrontEthernetPortIPAddressishardcodedinsoftwareandcannotbechanged.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


332 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

3.10.7 System>System Setup>Network>SNMP Menu

TheHarrisBroadcasttransmitterfamilysupportsmonitoringandalarmingfunctionalityviaSNMP(SimpleNetwork
ManagementProtocol).Basiccontroloftheequipmentispossibleafteractivationintheequipment.SNMPversions
V1andV2careimplemented.

Figure 3-25 SNMP Screen


MIBsBaseMIBisStandardHarrisBroadcastTransmitterMIB.IRTMIBisextendedMIB,withfunctionsforDual
Exciters.CheckboxtoenableMIB.UncheckeddisablesMIB.
PortDefaultis161(rangeis161,162,4915265535)
RDCommunityReadCommunityPrivateorPublic;DefaultsettoPublic
RWCommunityWriteCommunityPrivateorPublic;DefaultsettoPrivate
SNMPVersionFAXallowsforversion1or2conly
Trap13IPaddressofSNMPtrapreceiver.Port162isdefaulttrapport,notchangeable.CommunityPublicor
Private.

TheHarrisBroadcastMIBsareusableinallNMS(NetworkManagementSystems)andisprovidedintextformat.
Theadvantageofthismonitoringsystemis,thatthereisnodifferencebetweenthemonitoringofvariousHarris
Broadcastequipment.OncetheMIBisintegratedintotheNMS,alldifferentdevicescanbemonitoredviathe
centralstation.

TheHarrisBroadcastMIBfiles,BaseandIRT,forusewithSNMPconnectivityareavailableontheHarrisBroadcast
CustomerPortalatwww.ecustomer.broadcast.harris.com(registrationrequired)

3.10.8 System>System Setup>Network>NTP Menu

Note
For NTP to work a connection to the Internet is required.

AllowsfortimeanddatesetupintheFAXtransmitterviaNTP,thisisusedforaccuratetime/dateintheEventLog
only.ThetimereferencecanbechangedtoUTC(RequiresServeraddress).TochangeReferencegotothe
System>Network>NTPmenu.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 333
October 28, 2013

Figure 3-26 UTC Time Setup


IfusingtheUTCsettingformoreaccuratetimeanddate,anIPaddressofaUTCtimeservermustbeentered.Alist
oftimeserverIPaddressescanbeobtainedfromNIST.
NTPEnabledorDisabled
NTPServerIPAddressofoneoftheNTPTimeserversthroughouttheworld.
UpdateIntervalTransmitterwillupdateTimeviaNTPperthissetting.Range21000minutes.
UTCOFFSETHrsEnteranoffsetinhoursthatyourlocationisfromGreenwichMeanTime.Usermusttakeinto
considerationdaylightsavingstimeifapplicable.
UTCOFFSETMinEnteranoffsetinMinutesthatyourlocationisfromGreenwichMeanTime.Usermusttakeinto
considerationdaylightsavingstimeifapplicable.

3.10.9 SYSTEM>System Setup>Network>ISP Menu

Figure 3-27 ISP Screen


TheISPmenuisusedforuploadingsoftwaretheFAXandalsotosaveaconfigurationfilefromthetransmitter.This
configurationfilecontainsalloftheusersettingsaswellascalibrationdata.Itisagoodpracticetosavea
configurationfilewheninstallationofthetransmitteriscompleteaswellaswhenanyconfigurationorcalibration
changeshavebeenmade.SeeSection5ofthemanualforuploadingsoftwareandsavingconfigurationprocedures.
Note
The preferred method of uploading software to the FAX is using the ISP external to the GUI. The external
ISP menu can be obtained by typing in the IP address as shown (front panel): 192.168.117.88/isp.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


334 Section-3 Operation
October 28, 2013

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 41
October 28, 2013

4 Section-4 Theory

4.1 FAX Transmitter Configurations

ThefollowingtheoryofoperationisintendedtoprovideageneraloverallknowledgeofhowtheFAXhighpower
series(5kWthrough40kW)oftransmitterswork.

TheFAXseriesoftransmitterscanbeoperatedinanyoneofthreemodes,whichare:

TheanalogFMmode,withthePAmodulesoperatedclassCmodetomaximizeefficiency.
ThemultiplexmodewhereanalogFManddigital(HD)RFsignalsarebothamplifiedinthesamepowerampli
fiers.Forthismode,thePAmodulesareoperatedclassAB,becausedigitalHDrequireslinearamplifiers.
DigitalHDmodeonly.Forthismode,thePAmodulesareoperatedclassAB,becausedigitalHDrequireslinear
amplifiers.

The10kWFAXtransmitteristhebasicbuildingblockforallotherhighpowerFAXtransmitters.TheFAX10doesnot
containanintegratedexciteratthistimeandrequiresanexciterexternaltothetransmitterchassis.AllFAX
transmittershaveprovisionsfordualexciterswithinternalRFswitching.AllofthecurrentHarrisBroadcastFM
exciterscanbeusedortheFAXissetuptoallowanothermanufacturersexcitertobeused.

The5kWFAXtransmitterhastheidenticalhardwareoftheFAX10,excepttherearefourlessPAModulesandthree
lessPSModules.The5kWexcitersetupisslightlydifferentthanthe10kWandwillbeexplainedinthe5kW
section.

A20kWFAXtransmitterconsistsofa10kWtransmitteranda10kWPowerBlockcombined.The10kWtransmitter
isreferredtoastheprimarypowerblockorpowerblock1becauseitcontainsthefrontpanelLCDDisplayand
MultiunitInterfacethatcontrolstheoveralltransmitter.TheFAX20ishousedinasinglecabinet.

A30kWFAXtransmitterconsistsofa10kWtransmitterandtwo10kWPowerBlockscombined.TheFAX30is
housedintwocabinetswithacabinetcombinerthatcombinesthem.

A40kWFAXtransmitterconsistsofa10kWtransmitterandthree10kWPowerBlockscombined.TheFAX40is
housedin2cabinetsliketheFAX30

4.1.1 10kW RF Block Diagram Description

Figure41showstheRFblockdiagramportionofaFAX10kWtransmitter.IthassevenPAmodulesandoneIPA
modulethathaveidenticalhardwareandareinterchangeableintheeventoffailure.

ThetwomaindifferencesbetweenthePAModuleslotandtheIPAmoduleslotistheIPAusesonlyoneofitsFETs
andtheotherasabackupIPA.TheotherdifferenceistheIPAcanaccepttheAPCiscasetheexciterhasnoexternal
APCinput.

FAXPAModulesconsistsofapairofRFpalletsdrivenandcombinedexternally.Amodulecontrolboardprovides
simplecontrolfunctionsincludingturningtheamplifieronandoff,setthemodeofoperationbetweenclassC
operationforFMservice,andclassA/Bfordigitalserviceandfaultmonitoringandreporting.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


42 Section-4 Theory
October 28, 2013

ReferringtoFigure41,theoutputoftheRFSwitchboardfeedsa2wayWilkinsonsplitter.Theoutputsofthe2
waysplitterinturnfeedtwo7wayWilkinsonsplitters.ThisdividestheIPAoutputby14equalsignalstofeedeach
ofthe14FETson7PAmodules.TheRFoutputfromeachofthe14FETsisthenfedtothe14wayWilkinson
combiner.The14waycombineralsohousesalowpassfiltertoremoveanyharmonicsfromtheamplifiers.

Wilkinsonsplitterswereusedtoprovidebetterisolation,lowerlossand0degreesphaseshift.Thisphasebecomes
importantwhenwediscussthecombiningofthepowerblocksintheFAX20/30/40.

TheoutputoftheLPFthengoesthrougha6portdirectionalcouplertoa15/8"EIAUnflangedoutputontherearof
thetransmitter.TheportsonthedirectionalcouplerfeedthecontrollerRFsampleforAPCandVSWRdetection.
TherearealsoportsformodulationmonitoringandtheRTACsignalsfortheFlexstarExciterPreCorrectionwhenthe
transmitterisrunninginClassABmode.

IPA RF Switch Module

Exciter A RF Input
IPA Module
Exciter B RF Input
Exciter Switch
PA Backplane
Relay, on System
Interface Board, IPA RF Output to
PA System 2-Way
PA Module Splitter

PA Module

7-Way
Splitter PA Backplane

PA Module

RF Output
RF Input From IPA through a
High Level RF Switch 2-Way 14-Way multi-loop
Splitter Combiner/ Directional
PA Module LPF Coupler

PA Backplane

PA Module

7-Way
Splitter

PA Module

PA Backplane

PA Module

Figure 4-1 FAX 10 kW Power Block

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 43
October 28, 2013

PA BackPlane IPA RF Level


Rear To Sys Inf
Panel

J4 J12
Exc A RF Switch Bd

J2
A
J5
J4 J3 J4
To 14-Way
Splitter
B J6
J7
J5 J13
Exc B
RF Switch Bd
System Interface IPA
Board Module
IPA RF Level Detected on
RF Switch board, it is DC
Exciter power displayed voltage used for IPA RF
on FAX is a DC Voltage Fault and switching
RF Switch Bd relays switch in
from Exciter. There is
tandem. For FAX20/30/40 All IPAs
no RF detector for
will be on A or B
Exciter Power
3 dB Pad provides isolation between
Exciters and IPA and helps prevent
overload of IPA

Figure 4-2 FAX10/20/30/40 Drive Chain

TheblockdiagraminFigure42showstheFAX10/20/30/40RFflowfromtheexciterstotheoutputoftheIPAswitch
thatdrivesthepowerblocksplitter.Thedualexcitersareshownfeedinganexciterselectorswitch.Theexciter
selectorswitchrelayislocatedontheSystemInterfaceControlModulelocatedtotherightofthePowerSupply
Modules.InadualExcitersystem,thesystemcontrollerwillautomaticallyswitchwhentheonairexcitersRFpower
dropsbelowapresetlevel.Thislevelcanbesetbytheuser.

TheoutputoftheExciterswitchrelaygoestotheIPASwitchBoardinput.TheinputoftheRFSwitchboardhasa3dB
padforisolationbetweentheexciterandtheIPA.TheIPAswitchhas2relaysoneontheinputtotheIPAandoneon
theoutputoftheIPA,theseswitchintandem.Forprotection,thetransmitterwillbemutedwhileswitchingoccurs.

TheRFSwitchboardalsocontainstheIPARFoutputleveldetector.TheIPAswitcheswhenthedetectoroutputdrops
below0.5VDC.

4.1.2 FAX5 RF Block Diagram

TheFAX5utilizesthesamechassisandhardwareastheFAX10.However,itusesfewerPAmodulesandPower
suppliesandalsohasaslightlydifferentRFChain.Inthe10kWtransmitterthereare14FETstoachieve10kW,soin
aFAX5sevenFETsarerequired.Inthiscasethereare3PAmodulesandoneIPA/PAmodule.

RefertoFigure43,theexcitersnowhavetwodifferentpathsandonly1IPA.TheotherFETintheIPAslotruns
continuouslyasaPA.ExciterAisahighpowerexciterandbypassestheIPAanddrivesthe7waysplitterdirectly.
Thisrequirestheexcitertooutputapproximately60WattswhichisthenormalIPApower.IfExciterApowerout
dropsbelowthepresetlevel(0.5VDConthedetector)andthetransmitterswitches,ExciterBthendrivestheIPA
andrunsatapproximately3Watts.TheRFSwitchthatwasusedforIPAsnowistheexciterswitcherintheFAX5.
TheExciterswitchthatresidesontheSystemInterfaceboardisnotused.

AllothercircuitsintheFAX5workidenticaltotheFAX10.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


44 Section-4 Theory
October 28, 2013

High Power Exciter PA BackPlane IPA RF Level


Rear To Sys Inf
Panel

J4
Exc A RF Switch Bd

J2
A
J5
J3 J4
To 7-Way
Splitter
B J6
J7
J5
Exc B
RF Switch Bd
Low Power
IPA/PA0
Exciter
Module
IPA RF Level Detected on
IPA/PA0 Module RF Switch board, it is DC
Exciter power displayed uses one FET as voltage used for IPA RF
on FAX is a DC Voltage a IPA and one as Fault and switching
RF Switch Bd relays switch in
from Exciter. There is PA.
tandem. For FAX20/30/40 All IPAs
no RF detector for
will be on A or B
Exciter Power
3 dB Pad provides isolation between
Exciters and IPA and helps prevent
overload of IPA

Figure 4-3 FAX5 Drive Chain

4.1.3 FAX20 RF Block Diagram

TheFAX20containstwo10kWpowerblocksinonecabinet.OnepowerblockcontainstheMicroModulecontroller,
theotherpowerblockhasonlyaLEDStatusboard.Figure44isablockdiagramoftheRFoftheFAX20.
3 dB Hybrid combiner
requires 90 Phase to
combine at the RF Output

-3 dB @ -90 10 kW -90
PB1 20 kW

Exciter

Drive
10 kW 0
PB2 Reject load
-3 dB @0
sized to
power of 1
6 kW
power block
Splitter on Multi-Unit RJ
LD To calibrate
Interface Panel
shut off 1
3 dB Hybrid type
0 Phase shift through power block
power blocks, all splitters for 100 %
and combiners are
Wilkinson type
Figure 4-4 FAX 20 RF Block Diagram

TheoutputoftheExciterswitcherdrivesa2waysplitter.Thissplitterisa3dBHybridtypeandoneoutputporthas
a90phaseshift.Thepowerblockseachhavea0phaseshiftwhichallowsforthecorrectphasingatthepower
blockcombiner.The6kWpowerblockcombinerrejectloadissizedtoaccepthalfthetotalRFinthecasewhere
onepowerblockisoff.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 45
October 28, 2013

4.1.4 FAX30 RF Block Diagram

TheFAX30containsthree10kWpowerblocksin2cabinets.OnepowerblockcontainstheMicroModulecontroller,
theotherpowerblockshaveonlyaLEDStatusboard.Figure45isablockdiagramoftheRFoftheFAX30.

3 dB
-4.77 dB
10 kW -90 20 kW -90
3 dB -90
PB1
-1.6 dB 0

Exciter 10 kW 0 4.77 dB
PB2
Drive
-4.77 dB
0 30 kW
4.77 dB 6 kW
RJ
LD

3 dB
10 kW -180
PB3
-4.77 dB -90 -4.77 dB -180

12 kW
RJ Reject load
LD
sized to 1
All splitters and combiners external to cabinet
the power blocks are Hybrid type

Figure 4-5 FAX30 RF Block Diagram

TheoutputoftheExciterswitcherdrivesa2waysplitter.Thissplitterisa4.77dBHybridtypeandoneoutputport
hasa90phaseshift.Incabinet1(1.6dB/0port)drivesasecond3dBhybrid.Theoutputprovidesthecorrect
phaseshifttocombinethe2powerblocksincabinet1andtheRFsignalnowhasa90phaseshiftcomparedtothe
inputsignal.Togetthissignaltocombinewithcabinet2anadditionalphaseshiftof90isrequiredincabinet2so
thattheinputstothe4.77dBcabinetcombinerare90fromeachother.

Thesystemnowrequires2rejectloads,a6kWpowerblockcombinerrejectloadanda12kWcabinetcombiner
rejectload.ThecabinetcombinerloadissizedtoaccepthalfthetotalRFinthecasewhereonecabinetisoff.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


46 Section-4 Theory
October 28, 2013

4.1.5 FAX40 RF Block Diagram

TheFAX40containsfour10kWpowerblocksin2cabinets.OnepowerblockcontainstheMicroModulecontroller,
theotherpowerblockshaveonlyaLEDStatusboard.Figure46isablockdiagramoftheRFoftheFAX40.

3 dB

-6 dB 0 10 kW 0 20 kW -90
3 dB PB1
-3 dB 0

10 kW -90 3 dB
PB2
-6 dB -90
3 dB 40 kW
6 kW
RJ
Exciter LD

Drive
3 dB

-6 dB -90 10 kW -90
3 dB PB1
20 kW -180 12 kW
RJ
-3 dB -90 LD

10 kW -180 Reject load


PB2 sized to 1
-6 dB -180
cabinet
6 kW
RJ
LD
All splitters and combiners external to
the power blocks are Hybrid type

Figure 4-6 FAX40 RF Block Diagram

TheFAX40isbasicallytwoFAX20scombined.Thereisanextra2waysplitterontheinputanda3dBHybrid
combinerontheoutputwiththeassociatedrejectload.

4.1.6 System APC

TheFAXAPC(AutomaticPowerControl)operatesintwomodes,ExciterorIPA.WiththeexceptionoftheMicromax,
allHarrisBroadcastexciterswillhaveanexternalAPCinput.InthiscasetheAPCwouldfeedtheexciter.Iftheexciter
doesnothavenexternalAPCinputthatisabletoacceptthelevelfromtheFAXtransmitterthentheAPCwouldfeed
theIPAinsidethetransmitter.TheAPCfromtheFAX10/20/30/40isintherangeof0to3.5VDC,0Vbeing0watts
outoftheexciter.ForaFAX5theAPCis0to4.75VDC.

Figure47showsasimplifiedblockdiagramoftheFAXAPCwhichislocatedontheSystemInterface/MultiUnit
InterfaceboarddependingontheFAXmodel.ThePowerControlReferenceisactuallyderivedfromtheMicroand
ControlandDisplayboard.Thisreferenceshownontheblockdiagramaspwr_ctrl_ref,issetduringthecalibration
processat3.5VDCatthecalibratedpower.Thepwr_ctrl_refvoltagestaysconstant,theonlythingthatchangesthis
inNormalcontrolmodeistheuserraisingorloweringpower.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 47
October 28, 2013

Figure 4-7 APC Simplified Block Diagram

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


48 Section-4 Theory
October 28, 2013

IntheeventofafailureandthetransmittergoestoBackupcontrol,theBackupControlRefpotwouldbecomethe
powerreference.Theraise/lowerpowerbuttonswillnotfunction,howevertheAPCstillfunctionsandthepower
canbeadjustedusingthepot.

TheAPCisaffectedbyseveralcontrollinesinthesystem,forwardpower,reflectedpowerfoldback,forwardpower
limitandmute.WhentheforwardpowerchangestheAPCchangesintheoppositedirection,ieifforwardpower
increasestheAPCvoltagedecreasesthusloweringtheexciterpowerwhichinturnlowersthetransmitterpower
backtoitssetting.

Ifthetransmitterhasanelevatedreflectedpowerthatisaboveausersetthresholdof1.3to1.5:1,thevoltageon
theVSWRFoldbacklineincreases,thiscausesAPCtolowertheexciterpower.Iftheforwardpowerlimit,which10%
abovecalibratedpowerishit,theForwardPowerLimitvoltageisincreasedwhichdecreasestheexciterpower.Ifthe
instantaneousreflectedpowerexceeds1.5:1,theVSWRFaultcircuitwillsendaFaultOFFthecontrolleraswellasa
MutetotheAPC.Thecontrollerwillmakethreeattemptstobringthetransmitterbacktopower.Afterthethird
attemptthetransmitterwillstayoffandwillrequireuserinterventiontoturnitbackon.InBackupcontrolthe
threestrikeisnolongeravailableandthetransmitterwillremainOFFintheeventofaVSWRfault.

TheAPCisshowndrivingtheexciter,ifaproductsuchastheHarrisBroadcastMicromaxisused,theAPCswitchto
theexciterisopenedandtheAPCswitchtotheIPAisclosed.TheAPCstillfunctionsthesamebuttheextraOpAmp
setsthecorrectlevelfortheFAXIPAinput.

4.1.7 PA Module Description

EachPAModulecontains2RFPowerAmplifiersreferredtoas"A"and"B."AFAX10kWTransmitterandPower
Blockuses8ofthesemodules.OneoftheeightmodulesisusedasanIPAmodule.

Figure 4-8 PA Module

Figure48aboverightsideshowsthePAModulewiththecoveroff.Thereare2PWAs.OntheleftisthePApallet
whichcontainsamplifiersAandB.Ontherightisanadditionalcircuitcardthatcontainsthemodulecontrollogic
andinterfacefunctions.

ThePAcircuitboardismountedonathicksolidcoppersubstrate.TheRFPowertransistorsaresoldereddown
directlytothecoppersubstrate.Copperisusedbecauseitisthebestconductorofheatandwilldissipatetheheat
awayfromtheRFpowertransistorsquicklyandevenly.Thecoppersubstratethenmountstothealuminumheatsink
assemblytodissipatetheheatawayfromthecopper.Thereisathinfilmbetweenthecopperspreaderandthe
aluminumheatsinkforoptimumheattransfer.

TheRFsignalisamplifiedinthePAmodulesbyspeciallydesignedLDMOSPowerFETswithanominalgainof1422
dB,dependingonfrequencyandoperatingmode.Bothsidesareidenticalsoonlyonepathwillbedescribed.RF
drivepowerentersAmplifierviaJ1.RFpassesthroughaforwardpowercouplerforoverdrivedetection,thentoan
inputmatchingnetworktotheFETQ1.TheFEToperatesinpushpulltoproduceapproximately800WFMpower
intoa50ohmload.Theirlowimpedanceoutputsaretransformedviatheoutputnetworkto50ohmsandpassedto
areflectedpowercouplerforVSWRprotection.RFOutputexitstheboardviaedgeconnectorpinsonJ1.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 49
October 28, 2013

TomakethemodulesafetohotplugitthetracesfortheRFoutput,RFinputand+VDDareadifferentlength,See
Figure49.TheRFoutputtracesarelongestsowheninsertingamoduletheloadisthefirsttobeconnected.When
removingamoduletheloadwillbethelasttobedisconnected.Nextinlengthisthe+VDDandfinallythelasttobe
connectedinsertingandthefirsttobedisconnectedremovingamoduleistheRFinputdrive.
RF Output RF Input
+VDD

Figure 4-9 PA Module Edge Connector

The+VDDPAvoltagehasarangefrom+44VDCto+52VDC.Theactualvoltagevariesdependingonwhichmodethe
transmitterisin:FMonly,FM+HD,orHDonlymode.Thereasontohavedifferentvoltagesfordifferentmodesisto
maximizetransmitterPAefficiencyandspectrumperformance.

Thegatebiascircuitperforms3functions:PAON/OFF,ClassCBiasforFMModeofoperation,andClassABBiasfor
HDModes.Acontrolvoltageof5VatJ24turnsQ5offwhichallowstheRFAmplifiertooperate.TheBiasMode
voltagealtersthePAbiasvoltagetocausethePAamplifiertooperateatClassABorClassC.Thecontrolvoltages
comefromthemoduleControlboard.

ThermistorsRT1andRT2areusedtostabilizethebiasasthetemperatureofthemodulevaries.PotsR102andR103
aresetatthefactorytopreciselysettheClassABbias.PotsR101andR104areadjustedforClassCoperation.These
potsshouldnotbeadjusted.ThermistorRT3monitorstheheatsinktemperature.Iftheheatsinktemperaturegets
toohigh(90100C),theModuleControlboardwillshutoffthefullPAModule.

4.1.8 Power Supply System Description

ThePowerSupplyInterfaceBoardperformsseveralfunctionsasfollows:

InterfacespowersuppliesDCoutputwiththePAmodules
BussesdcfromsuppliesforIPAandfans
MonitorsAClineforundervoltage
Monitorsairflowandexhaustairtemperature
Providesdistributionofthe+5VDCtotherestofthesystem

Figure 4-10 Power Supply Interface Board

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


410 Section-4 Theory
October 28, 2013

TheACMainsconnecttotheboardwhichfeedstheACintoeachpowersupplymodule.Thepowersuppliesare
singlephaseinputandoperatefrom190to300VAC,50or60Hz.TheACserviceconnectedtotheFAXmusthavea
LinetoLinevoltageorLinetoNeutralvoltagethatfallswithinthisrange.TheACserviceintothetransmitterorAC
distributionpanelintherackcanbesinglephase,3PhaseDeltaor3PhaseWye.ThereisanACMainsMonitor
circuitthatmonitorsforlowvoltageonly.Theapproximatetrippointisjustbelow190VACwhichproducesafault
butnoactionistaken,thetransmitterwillstayontheair.Thetransmitterwillcontinueoperatewhen1or2phases
arelostbutatamuchreducedpower.Inthepowerblockthesuppliesaredistributedacrossthephases.

ControlsignalPAON/OFFfromtheSystemInterfaceController,namedPS_ONonPSInterfaceboard,feedeach
powersupplytoturnitsDCoutputONorOFF.TheDCoutputcanbeintherangefrom+44VDCto+52VDCto
accommodatedifferentmodesoftransmitteroperation.Thereisa+VDCoutputfromeachofthe7suppliestofeed
7PAModules.EachPAhasadedicatedPowerSupplyModule.IfaPowerSupplyModulefails,theassociatedPA
Modulewillshutoff.Thisconfigurationallowsformultiplefailureswhiletheremainingsupplieskeepthe
transmitterontheairatareducedpowerlevel.The+VDCfortheIPAcomesfromadiodecontrolledsharingcircuit
thatconnectstoeachofthePS+VDClines.Becauseofthepowersupplymodulesharing,multiplesupplyfailures
willnotaffecttheIPA+VDC.TheIPAhasaninlinefuseF10(15Amp)onboard.IntheNormalControlmode+VDC
outputiscontrolledviaRS485,ifinBackupControlthepowersupplyvoltagewillchangebyapproximately2Vwhen
switchedbetweenClassCandClassAB.Theremustbeatleasttwofunctioningpowersuppliesforthetransmitterto
remainoperating.

Thereisanauxiliary+5VDCoutputfromeachsupply.Thissupplyisthemain5Voltsthatfeedsthecontrolcircuitry.
Therearenootherpowersuppliesinthesystem.Anyothervoltagesonanyoftheboardsinthetransmitterare
regulatedfromthe5Volts.InthecaseofFAXmodelswithmultiplepowerblocks,the+5VDCfromeachisdiode
gatedbacktothemainpowerblock.IftheACfailstothemainpowerblockwhichhousestheMultiUnitcontroller
thetransmitterwillremainontheairusing5Voltscontrolvoltagefromtheotherpowerblocks.

TheAirflowismeasuredbycomparingtwoLM50Btemperaturesensors,oneaheatedreferencesensortheotherin
directpathofairflow.Whentheairflowinthetransmitterdropsthesensorintheairflowpathwillincreasein
temperatureanditsoutputwilltripU27causingthetransmittertoshutoff.Onceairflowreturnsthetransmitter
willautomaticallyturnbackon.

DipswitchS1serves2functions,sections1and2areusedtosettheAIRFLOWfaulttriplevel.Switches4,5,6,and7
areusedtodisablePowerSupplyModules4,5,6,and7intheFAX5transmitterasitonlyuses4PowerSupply
Modules.Inthe10kWPowerBlocks,thearesetintheOPEN(OFF)position.

PowerfortheFansalsoisprovidedbythePowerSupplyModulessharingcircuit.ThesharedPAVoltsfeedfuseF9
(15Amp)thentotheFanControlBoard.

4.1.9 Fan Control Board Description

TheFigure411showstheFanMonitorboard.TheFanControlboardmonitorseachfanstach,controlsthespeedof
thefansandalsohasaRFpowerdetectorwhenusedonarejectload.

Thecoolingfansinthesystemarevariablespeedandrunatareducedspeedundernormaloperatingconditions.
Whencertainfaultsoccur,suchasaPAfault,thecontrollerrampsallfansinthesystemtofullspeed.Thiswould
includetherejectloadintheFAX20/30/40transmitters.

Ifafanstachdropsbelowapresethardwarelimit,theboardreportsafaultbacktotheFAXmaincontroller.The
faultalsolightsacorrespondingLEDthatcanbeseenonboardatthereardoorofthetransmitter.

TheRFdetectorandtemperaturesensorareusedwhentheboardismountedonarejectload.TheRFsamplefrom
therejectloadisdetectedandaDCvoltagesentbacktothecontroller.Thissampleiscalibratedto100%whenan
entirepowerblockisofforanentirecabinetdependingonthesystem.Thetemperaturesampledetectsthereject
loadtempandissentbacktothecontroller.IfeithertemporRFexceedapresetlimit,arejectloadfaultisgenerated
andthetransmitterwillincreasefanspeedto100%andreducethetransmitterpowerto25%toprotectitself.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 411
October 28, 2013

Figure 4-11 Fan Control Board

4.1.10 Front Panel Control/Display Board Description

TheControlandDisplayboardperformsthefollowingfunctionsintheFAXtransmitter:

InterfacetotheMicroModule
InterfacetotheFrontPanelUserInterface
ContainsEthernetPorts
HasBackupHardwarecontrol
GeneratestheAPCReferenceinNormalControlMode
StoresConfigurationinmemory

TheControl&DisplayModuleconsistsofacontrol/displayboardandmicromodule.Thecontrol/displayboardhas
thesimplehardwarecontrolcircuitstotakecareofprimaryfunctionssuchasON/OFF,Modulerestrike,Remote
enable,DrivechainselectandPowerreferencegeneration.Allhardwareontheboardisassociatedwithinterfacing
tothemicromoduleforenhancedcontroloperation.ThemicromoduleboardattachestotheControl/displayboard
andprovidesthekeymicroprocessorcontrolfunctionsaswellastheWebinterface.Italsoprovidestheuser
interfacetotheLCDandfrontpanelbuttonsandstatusindicators.

TheFAXtransmitterhasthreecontrolmodesofoperation,Normal,BasichardwarecontrolandLifesupportcontrol.

NormalMode:Inthismodeofoperation,thetransmitterhasfullfunctionalitywiththeprimarycontrolfunctions
beingdoneinHardware(HW)butthehardwarecanbecontrolledbythemicroprocessor.Thekeystatessuchas
ON/OFF,RemoteENABLE/DISABLE,etcarestoredinnonvolatilehardwareICsthatwillrememberthelaststateeven
ifthereisnotmicroprocessorcontrolandalossofACpower.Webinterfaceisfullyfunctionalandthe
microprocessorcanperformmoreadvancedcontrolofthetransmittertooptimizeoperationandperformance.

HWControlInthismodethemicroisassumedtobedisabledorfailed.ItisdisconnectedfromtheHardware
controlsystemsoundefinedstatesofoperationdonotdisruptbasicoperation.Atthispointadditionalhardware
requiredfortransmitteroperationisenabledontheSysteminterfaceboard.Thetransmitterhasallrequired
functionalityforparallelremotecontrolandprotection.SomeautomaticmodesofoperationlikeAutoexciterand
IPAswitchingarenotavailable.

LifesupportControlInthismodetheentireControlandDisplayboardcanbenonoperationalandthetransmitter
willstillbeabletobeoperatedvialifesupporthardwareontheSystemInterfaceboard.TheSysteminterface
hardwareusedintheHWcontrolmodeisstillactive.TheprimarylossoffunctionalitycomparedtotheHWcontrol
modeisthatthereisnofrontpanelcontrolofRemotemodeandpowerRaiselower.TransmitterON/OFF
functionalityisstillavailablefromparallelRemotecontrol

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


412 Section-4 Theory
October 28, 2013

Thetransmitterconfigurationisstoredinmemoryonthisboard.Thisconfigurationcontainstheusersetup,iedual
exciter,frequency,excitertype,etc,aswellasallcalibrations.Thisfileisadownloadablefilethatcanbestoredona
computeranduploadedintheeventtheControlandDisplayboardneedstobereplaced.Itisagoodideatostore
thiswhenthetransmitterisfirstinstalledandanytimeachangetosetuporcalibrationiscompleted.

TheboardalsoprovidesthepowercontrolreferencetotheSystemInterfaceboardAPChardware.Thisreferenceis
3.5VDCandremainsconstantundernormalconditions.Iftheraiseorlowerpowerbuttonispressedthisvoltage
changes,lowerpowerwilllowerthereferencevoltage.SeeAPCandSystemInterfaceforfurtherdetails.

4.1.11 System Interface Control Board Description

TheFAX10kWtransmittercontainsaSystemInterfacecontrolModulethatmountsdirectlytotherightofthePower
SupplyModules.Thisboardprovidesseveralfunctionsforthetransmittersystem.

Operatesasatransmitterinterfaceorapowerblockinterface(FAX20/30/40)
Hardwarecontrolinlifesupportmode
ExciterinterfaceandexciterRFswitching
TheAPChardwareislocatedonboard
OptoCouplersforRemotecontrolviaParallelI/O
Forwardandreflectedpowerdetectionandmeteringsamples
HardwareforVSWRprotectionandpowerlimitfunctions
SystemstatusLEDs
Multiplexingbusformeterreadings

Theexciterinterfacecanbesetuptoacceptanyexciter,HarrisBroadcastoranothermanufacturer.IfanonHarris
Broadcastexciterisusedthedipswitchsettingswillneedtobeproperlysetandacustominterfacecablemade.If
dualexcitersareusedtheRFswitchingisdoneonboard.ToachieveautomaticswitchingaDCvoltageproportional
toRFpowermustcomefromtheexciter,thisvoltageismonitoredandwhenausersetlimitisreachedtheexciter
automaticallyswitches.

Ifusingoneoftheibocmodestherearestatuslinesthatcomefromtheexcitertotellthecontrollerifthe
transmittershouldbeinclassCorclassAB.Whentheexciterswitchestooneofthethreemodes,FM,FM+HDor
HDOnly,thecontrollersetstheproperpowersupplyvoltage,setsthePAmodulestothecorrectclassofoperation
andloadsthecalibrationpointsforforwardandreflectedpowerinthesystemandpowerblocks(FAX20/30/40).
Keepinmindifusingmultiplemodesofoperationthateachmoderequirescalibration.

Thetransmittersendsamute,APCandExciteractivelinebacktotheonairexciter.Themutelinecanbesetto
activehiorlowdependingondipswitchsettings.TheAPCvoltageisontherangeof0to4VDC,ifusinganonHarris
Broadcastexcitertheexciterinputmustbecompatible.SeetheAPCdescriptioninSection4.1.6,SystemAPC

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 413
October 28, 2013

Remotecontrolfunctionsarelocatedonboard.TheUserInterfaceJ1ontherearpanelinterfacestotheopto
couplers.Thisistheonlyremotecontrolavailableinbackupmode.RFMuteandTXOFFinputscanbedefeatedby
settingdipswitches.TherearealsofourprogrammableStatusoutputsthatareuserdefinable,acomputermust
connectedviaEthernettosetthisup.

TherearetwointerlocksavailableExternalandEquipment.TheExternalInterlockmustbeclosedorthetransmitter
willnotoperate.IftheExternalInterlockisopenedduringoperationthetransmittershutsdownandrequiresaTX
ONcommandtoresume.EquipmentInterlockwhenpulledlowwillshutthetransmitteroff,whenswitchedhithe
transmitterwillresumenormaloperation.

ThereareremoteanalogvoltageoutputsforSystemForwardPower,SystemReflectedPower,PAVoltageandTotal
PACurrent(DC).

Theforwardandreflectedpowerdetectorsareidenticalcircuits.ThesearefedfromthesameportontheSystem
directionalcoupler.Usingthesameportandhavingidenticaldetectorsandcontrolofthegaininthedetectorpath
allowsforautomaticcalibrationofreflectedpowerwithoutaddingamismatchorswappingcablesonthecoupler.

WhencalibratingthesystempowerthetheuserinputstheTPOtocalibratetoandtheAGCisturnedoff,thisallows
thepowertobeadjustedwithoutfightingthepowercontrol.Thegainthroughthedetectorpathissettominimum
atthispoint.Phase1iscomplete.NextstepistosettheexciterRFpowersothetransmitterforwardpowerasread
onaexternalmeterissameastheuserTPOentered.Whenthecalibrationroutineisstartedthecontrollerwillset
thegaintoget3.5VDCforaforwardpowersample.THecontrollerthenturncalibratetoON(SameassettingS28
toON)andthisputsa2VDCreferenceoneachgainstageinput.Themicroreadsthevoltageattheoutputofthe
forwardpowerstage,thenadjuststhereflectedstagegainuntilitmatchestheforwardstagevoltageoutput.
CalibrationisturnedoffandtheTPOissettoequalthe3.5VDC.Reflectedisthencalculatedbasedonthe3.5VDC
being1.5:1relativetotheTPOset.

VSWRFaultandfoldbackaswellasForwardPowerlimitareimplementedinhardware.TheForwardPowerlimitis
setto10%abovetheTPOcalibrated.Thisisdoneoffthe3.5VDCreferencethatwasestablishedduringthe
calibrationroutine.The3.5VDCfromtheforwardpowerdetectorstageissenttoacomparatorcircuit,whenthe
forwardpowerexceeds110%ofTPOthecomparatoroutputincreases.TheforwardpowerlimitisfedtotheAPC
whichlimitstheitfromincreasingsystempower.

VSWRhastwothresholds,foldbackandfault.ThefoldbackthresholdisusersettableintheGUIintherangeof1.3
to1.5:1.Basedonthe3.5VDCsamplethatisequalto1.5:1relativetotheTPOcalibrated,thehardwaresetpointis
1.3:1forfoldback.Iftheusersetsthistoahighervaluethemicroincreasesthecomparatorreferencevoltagetoset
thetrippointhigher.Inbackupcontrolmodethisdefaultsbackto1.3:1.TheVSWRFaultissetto1.5:1inhardware.
WhentheVSWRexceeds1.5:1aresettablelatchissetwhichsendsaSystemFaultOFFcommandtothemicro.The
microwillshutthetransmitteroffandattempttobringthetransmitterbackon,orRestrike.Themicromodulewill
attempttorestrikethetransmitterthreetimesbeforeisstaysoff.Theadvance3strikeisonlyavailableinNormal
Controlmode.

Thefaults,powers,voltagesandcurrentsareallmultiplexedbacktothemicromodule.Thecontrolandswitching
circuitryarelocatedontheSystemInterfaceboard.Inthecaseofmultiplepowerblocksandcabinetstheselines
wouldbesenttotheMultiUnitInterfaceboard.

Figure 4-12 System Interface Control Board

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


414 Section-4 Theory
October 28, 2013

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 51
October 28, 2013

5 Section-5 Maintenance

5.1 Introduction

Thissectionprovidesmaintenance,calibrationandboardreplacementproceduresforqualifiedtechnicalpersonnel.
ThissectionassumesthattheEngineerperformingthemaintenancehasaworkingknowledgeofthetransmitter
andSection3ofthismanualinparticular.

RoutinemaintenanceoftheFAXseriestransmitterconsistsofregularcleaningandthemonitoringofpower,VSWR,
voltages,andcurrentreadingstodetectanydeviationsthatmightindicateadevelopingproblem.Tomaximize
equipmentreliabilityandlongevity,itisimportanttodevelopandsticktoawelldesignedmaintenanceroutine.

Atransmittersperformanceandlongevitywillbemaximizedifitisproperlymaintainedbyawelltrained,
technicallyskilledindividual.Tothisend,HarrisBroadcastoffersavarietyoftrainingclassesspecifictoFlexivaFAX
seriestransmitters.ContactyourHarrisBroadcastrepresentativeorvisittheHarrisBroadcastwebsiteat
www.harrisbroadcast.comformoreinformationontrainingofferings.

5.1.1 Safety Precautions

Theamplifierchassisiscomposedoftwogeneralzones:thefronthalf,asaccessedbythefrontdoorandtherear
half,asaccessedbythereardoor.

ThefrontdoorishingedandcanbeopenedwhilethetransmitterisrunningforaccesstothePA,IPA,andPS
modules.ThePA,IPA,andPSmodulesmaybereplacedwhilethetransmitterisoperating.

Thereardoorrequiresatooltogainaccessandshouldneverbeopenedwhilethetransmitterisoperating.Itisvery
dangeroustoattempttomakemeasurementsortoreplacecomponentsintherearchamberwiththemainspower
applied.Ifdoorisopenedwhiletransmitterisoperating,thetransmitterwilltriptheairflowsensorandshutthe
transmitterdownuntilitisclosed.Shutoffallpowerbeforeservicingthetransmitter,otherthanreplacementofPA,
IPA,andPSmodules.

Warning
NEVER PERFORM TRANSMITTER MAINTENANCE WHILE ALONE AND/OR NOT FULLY
ALERT. SERIOUS BODILY INJURY OR DEATH COULD RESULT FROM FAILURE TO
OBSERVE PROPER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.

5.2 Dipswitch Settings

Seethebelowtablesforvariousswitchsettingsforeachprintedcircuitboardinthetransmitter.Careshouldbe
takenwhenreplacingboardsasrevisionlevelschangeandthismayeffecttheswitchsettings.Ifsettingdoesnot
state"USER"thentheswitchshouldnotbechangedfromitsfactorydefaultunlessFactoryServiceisconsulted.If
Settingcolumnstates"Model"theswitchsettingismodeldependant.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


52 Section-5 Maintenance
October 28, 2013

Table 5-1 Control & Display Board Switch S15

Switch Name Schematic Default/ Description


Sheet User
Setting
S151 SWControl 7 OFF DisablesallSoftwareControlofHardware
Disable
S152 FPEnable 5 ON/User DisablesfrontpanelON/OFFandRaise/LowerButtonswhen
RemoteisEnabled
S153 Remote 6 ON/User SetsRemoteEnableLEDtoGreen
EnableLED
S154 Remote 6 OFF/User SetsRemoteEnableLEDtoRed
EnableLED
S155 SWAPC 4 OFF EnablesSoftwarecontrolofAPC(Future)
Enable
S156 N/A N/A N/A NOTUSED
S157 RS485 15 OFF TerminatesRS485Bus
TERM
S158 CANTERM 15 OFF TerminatesCANBus

Table 5-2 System Interface Board S2 (Rev H hardware and later)

Switch Name Schematic Default/ Description


Sheet User
Setting
S21 APCVolt 5 OFF OFFhasalowerAPClimitvoltage;ONBypassesdiodestoallow
Limit APCvoltagetolimithigher,4.75VDC;ONwhenhigherAPCVoltage
isrequired,ieFAX5withFlexstardrivingthehighlevelinput
S22 RemoteTX 10 OFF/USER ONenablestransmitterRemoteTXOFFevenwhenRemoteis
OFFEnable Disabledonfrontpanel
S23 RFMute 3 Model ONWhenBoardisTXorSystemController;OFFWhenboardis
Defeat PowerBlockController
S24 LSRemote 4 ON/USER ONAllowsUsertoEnableUserRemoteJ1inLifesupportMode;
Enable OFFUserRemoteisdisabledinLifesupportmode
S25 EXTMute 10 OFF/USER AllowsUsertoDefeatExternalRFMuteJ17;ON=Disabled
Defeat
S26 APCFault 6 ON ON=APCDisabledwithPAorPSSummaryFault
OFF
S27 APCOFF 6 OFF OFF=APCEnabled;ON=APCDisabled
S28 PWRCAL 6 OFF UsedinPowerBlockCalibrationRoutineONLY

Note
The functionality of S2-1 of System Interface Board 901-0234-051 changed on Hardware Revision H. For
Revision G and earlier use Table 5-3. All other switches functionality remained the same. This switch
should be set according to the voltage range required by the APC input of the exciter in use.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 53
October 28, 2013

Table 5-3 System Interface Board S2 (Rev G hardware and earlier)

Switch Name Schematic Default/ Description


Sheet User
Setting
S21 APC 4 ON ONforhardwarecontrolofAPC;OFFforsoftwarecontrolofAPC;
Hardware SoftwarecontrolofAPCnotimplementedatthistime.Ifswitchissetto
Control OFFtheAPCwillnotfunction.

Table 5-4 System Interface Board S3

Switch Name Schematic Default/ Description


Sheet User
Setting
S31 MUXUnit1 12 Model ForFAX5/10,andPowerBlock1inFAX20/30/40ON;AllothersOFF
S32 MUXUnit2 12 Model ON=PowerBlock2FAX20/30/40;AllotherOFF
S33 MUXUnit3 12 Model ON=PowerBlock3FAX30/40;AllotherOFF
S34 MUXUnit4 12 Model ON=PowerBlock4FAX40;AllotherOFF
S35 System 12 Model ON=TX/SystemController;OFF=PowerBlockController
Control
S36 Config 4 Model ON=PowerBlockController;OFF=TX/SystemController
S37 Default 5 OFF UsedonTX/Systemcontrolleronly;ON=TXprimarymodedefaults
Mode toeitherHDmode
S38 Default 5 ON UsedonTX/Systemcontrolleronly;ON=TXprimarymodedefaults
Mode toFM

Table 5-5 System Interface Board S5 (Exciter A) and S6 (Exciter B)

Switch Name Schematic Default/ Description


Sheet User
Setting
S51 RS485 8 Model UsedforFAXExciter
Enable
S52 FM_ON 8 Model UsedwhenExciterhasFMONStatusoutputs
Status
S53 HD_ON 8 Model UsedwhenExciterhasHDONStatusoutputs
Status
S54 Exciter 8 Model ONWhenExciterhasaReadyStatusLine
Ready
S55 RFMute 8 Model ON=MutetoExciterLow;OFF=MutetoExciterHi
Polarity
S56 RFMute 8 Model ON=MutetoExciterHi;OFF=MutetoExciterLow
Polarity
S57 APCOut 8 Model ON=ExciterhasExternalAPCInput;OFFrequirestheAPCtodrive
theIPAandS58(S68)shouldmustbeON.
S58 Drive 8 Model ON=IPADriveControl(ExciterhasnoExternalAPC
Control input):OFF=ExciterAPCControl

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


54 Section-5 Maintenance
October 28, 2013

Note
S5 is used for Exciter A and S6 for Exciter B and have same definitions. If exciter A and B are different
models ensure the switch settings are correct for proper operation of transmitter.

Table 5-6 Harris Broadcast Exciters Setup Table S5 & S6 System Interface

Position FAX FLEXSTAR DIGIT/IPA MICROMAX OtherExtAPC


S5orS6 Control
1 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
2 ON ON OFF OFF OFF
3 ON ON OFF OFF OFF
4 ON ON OFF OFF OFF
5 ON ON ON OFF ON
6 OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
7 ON ON OFF OFF ON
8 OFF OFF ON ON OFF

Table 5-7 System Interface S14

Switch Name Schematic Default/ Description


Sheet User
Setting
S141 ClassC 5 Mode ONClassC(FMONLY)Operation;OFFClassA/B(HDMode)
operation
S142 ClassA/B 5 Mode ONClassA/B(HDMode)operation;OFFClassC(FMONLY)
Operation
S143 EquipIntlk 10 User ONEquipmentInterlockJ19ActiveHi;OFFActiveLow
S144 EquipIntlk 10 User ONEquipmentInterlockJ19ActiveLow;OFFActiveHi

Table 5-8 Power Supply Interface Board S1

Switch Name Schematic Default/ Description


Sheet User
Setting
S11 AirFault 6 OFF SetsAirflowFaultTripPoint,default3.1V;SeeNote1
Level
S12 AirFault 6 ON SetsAirflowFaultTripPoint3.1V;SeeNote1
Level
S13 PS3 8 OFF DisablesPS3FaultinFAX5Only
Disable
S14 PS4 8 OFF DisablesPS4FaultinFAX5Only
Disable
S15 PS5 8 OFF DisablesPS5FaultinFAX5Only
Disable

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 55
October 28, 2013

Table 5-8 Power Supply Interface Board S1

Switch Name Schematic Default/ Description


Sheet User
Setting
S16 PS6 8 OFF DisablesPS6FaultinFAX5Only
Disable
S17 PS7 8 OFF DisablesPS7FaultinFAX5Only
Disable
S18 N/A N/A N/A NotUsed

Note1OnlychangetheairflowtrippointwheninstructedtodosobyHarrisBroadcastServiceEngineer.

Table 5-9 Fan Control Board Switch S1 (Power Block Backdoor)

Switch Name Schematic Default/ Description


Sheet User
Setting
S11 Fan4 2 ON ONWhen4fansareused:OFFfor6kWRejectLoad(only2fans)
Enable
S12 Fan3 2 ON OFFforFAX5and6kWRejectLoad
Enable
S13 Speed1 3 ON ON=LoGain(LowSpeed)
S14 Speed2 3 OFF ON=MidGain(MidSpeed)
S15 Speed3 3 OFF ON=HiGain(HiSpeed)
S16 FULLOFF 3 OFF MustbesettoOFFonPowerBlock
S17 RF1 4 OFF SetsGainofRFDetectorforRejectLoaduseonly
S18 RF2 4 OFF SetsGainofRFDetectorforRejectLoaduseonly

Note
When replacing a fan board on the reject load calibration is required. See Calibration Procedures in this
section of the manual.

Table 5-10 Fan Control Board Switch S1 (Reject loads)

Switch Name Schematic Default/ Description


Sheet User
Setting
S11 Fan4 2 ON ONWhen4fansareused:OFFfor6kWRejectLoad(only2fans)
Enable
S12 Fan3 2 ON OFFforFAX5and6kWRejectLoad
Enable
S13 Speed1 3 ON ON=LoGain(LowSpeed)
S14 Speed2 3 OFF ON=MidGain(MidSpeed)
S15 Speed3 3 OFF ON=HiGain(HiSpeed)

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


56 Section-5 Maintenance
October 28, 2013

Table 5-10 Fan Control Board Switch S1 (Reject loads)

Switch Name Schematic Default/ Description


Sheet User
Setting
S16 FULLOFF 3 ON Setsthefanstorunatslowspeedundernormaloperatingtemps
(Minimalrejectloadpower)
S17 RF1 4 ON SetsGainofRFDetectorforRejectLoaduseonly;SeeNote1
S18 RF2 4 OFF SetsGainofRFDetectorforRejectLoaduseonly;SeeNote1

Note1S17,8settheRFdetectorgain.Theseswitchsettingsvaryforeachrejectload.Seerejectloadcalibration
procedureinSection5ofthismanual.

Table 5-11 Cabinet Interface Board S1 (FAX20/30/40 Only)

Switch Name Schematic Default/ Description


Sheet User
Setting
S11 N/A N/A N/A NotUsed
S12 N/A N/A N/A NotUsed
S13 N/A N/A N/A NotUsed
S14 N/A N/A N/A NotUsed
S15 PriRejLoad 3 ON=DisablesthePrimaryrejectload(12kW)
Dis
S16 SecRej 3 ON=DisablestheSecondaryrejectload(6kW)
LoadDis
S17 N/A N/A N/A NotUsed
S18 N/A N/A N/A NotUsed

Table 5-12 PA Backplane Board Switch S1

Switch Name Schematic Default/ Description


Sheet User
Setting
S11 MUXRow1 2 Row ONforBackplane1;allothersOFF
Dependan
t
S12 MUXRow2 2 Row ONforBackplane2;allothersOFF
Dependan
t
S13 MUXRow3 2 Row ONforBackplane3;allothersOFF
Dependan
t
S14 MUXRow4 2 Row ONforBackplane4;allothersOFF
Dependan
t

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 57
October 28, 2013

Table 5-12 PA Backplane Board Switch S1

Switch Name Schematic Default/ Description


Sheet User
Setting
S15 AnalogBias 2 OFF/User ONEnablestheAPCvoltagetocontroltheIPA;OFFdisablesAPC
Control voltagetoIPA(ExciterControl)
S16 IPACurrent 2 OFF SetstheOvercurrenttrippointoftheIPA.AlwaysOFF.
Reference
S17 PAFault 2 Slot ONforBackplane24(PASlots),OFFforBackplane1
Dependan
t
S18 IPAFault 2 Slot ONforBackplane1(IPASlot);OFFforBackplane24
Dependan
t

NoteBackplane1isatthetop(RowwithIPA)andBackplane4isbottomrow.

Table 5-13 RF Switch Board S1

Switch Name Schematic Default/ Description


Sheet User
Setting
S11 NC 1 N/A NotUsed
S12 400W 1 OFF Future
S13 250W 1 OFF Future
S14 200W 1 ON ONforallFAXunits,usedforcalibrationofIPAandFaultthreshold
S15 100W 1 OFF Future
S16 60W 1 OFF Future
S17 40W 1 OFF Future
S18 15W 1 OFF Future

5.3 Transmitter Cleaning

Table 5-14 Suggested Maintenance Routine

Periodicity Task

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


58 Section-5 Maintenance
October 28, 2013

Table 5-14 Suggested Maintenance Routine

Weekly Reviewreadingsandcomparewithbaselinereadingsand/orfactorytestdata
reporttodetectanydeviations.

Monthlytosemiannually Inspect/replaceairinternalfilter(s)(seeprocedure)
Inspect/cleanPAmoduleheatsinkfins(seeprocedure)

Annually Periodicinspectionandcleaning(seeprocedure)
Verifypowermetercalibrations(seeprocedure)
VerifyreserveexciterandIPAswitchoverfunctionality
Verifyexternalinterlocks(stationloadtempsensor,patchpanelpositionswitch,
coaxswitchinterlock,etc.)

5.3.1 Air Filter Replacement Procedure

Thefrontdoorairfilterrequiresperiodicreplacement.Howoftendependsontheairqualityatthesite.Whenthe
filterisfilledwithdust/dirt,itwillreducetheairflowtothepointwherethemoduleswilloverheat,thenshutdown.
AllFAXtransmittersaresuppliedwithasparepieceoffiltermedia,sothatanewpiecemayberotatedintoservice
whiletheoriginalpieceisbeingwashedandallowedtodry.

Warning
DO NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE INSTALL A WET OR MOIST FILTER IN THE
TRANSMITTER. CONTACT HARRIS BROADCAST SERVICE TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL
FILTER MEDIA, AS NECESSARY.

STEP 1 Openfrontdoorbylooseningthumbscrewsonreversesideoffrontdoor.
STEP 2 Ontheinsideofthedoor,removethemetalframeholdingthefilterinRemovefilter
mediafromfilterretainerframe.Withacleanclothwipeexcessdirtfromthedoorframe
wheremediawas.
STEP 3 Installreplacementmediainretainerframeandscrewthemetalframebackon.
STEP 4 Closethefrontdoorandtightenthumbscrews.
STEP 5 Gentlywashthedirtyfiltermediainlukewarmwaterwithamildsoapdetergentuntilall
dustanddebrisisremoved.Rinsethoroughlytoremoveallsoap.
STEP 6 Allowfiltermediatodryandsaveforuseasreplacementmedianexttimeprocedureis
performed.

5.3.2 PA Module Cleaning Procedure

ThePAandIPAmoduleheatsinksdonothavelargeopeningsforairflow.Asaresult,itiscommonfortheheatsinks
tocollectdirtovertimeespeciallyiftheairfiltershavenotbeenmaintainedproperly.Themodulesshouldbe
cleanedwithcompressedaironascheduletobedeterminedonsite,dependingontheairsystem,filtering,
humidityetc.Atleastonceayearishighlyrecommended.

Warning
THE PA MODULES ARE DESIGNED TO HANDLE VERY HIGH TEMPERATURES AND MAY
BE EXTREMELY HOT. DO NOT TOUCH THE MODULE SIDES WITH BARE HANDS AFTER
THE TRANSMITTER HAS BEEN RUNNING, ESPECIALLY IN HIGH AMBIENT TEMPERA-
TURE ENVIRONMENTS.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 59
October 28, 2013

STEP 1 RemovePAmodulefromtransmitter.

Caution
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO CLEAN THE PA MODULES WITH COMPRESSED AIR
WHILE THEY ARE STILL INSTALLED IN THE TRANSMITTER. THIS WILL
FORCE DUST DEEPER INTO THE TRANSMITTER.

STEP 2 Blowcompressedairintoheatsinkfinstoremovedustbuildup.Ifcompressedairisnot
available,useavacuumcleanertosuctiondustfromheatsink.
STEP 3 Useadrylonghairpaintbrushtodislodgestubborndust.

Note
If dirt has built up in the heatsink fins where a paint brush cant reach, take a piece of cotton cloth and
wedge down between the fins by pulling tight on each end of the cloth. Slide cloth back and forth to
remove dust and dirt. Remove and shake dirt from cloth and repeat in each slot.

STEP 4 ReplacePAmoduleintransmitterandrepeatforeachmodule.

Warning
REMOVING IPA WHILE TRANSMITTER IS OPERATING WILL CAUSE THE TRANSMITTER
TO SHUTDOWN AND BE OFF AIR.

5.3.3 Periodic Cleaning and Inspection

TheFAX10kWpowerblockshouldbeperiodicallyopened,inspectedfordustbuildup,andcleaned.Thisinspection
shouldalsocheckforsignsofprogressivedamage,suchascrackingcablesorevidenceofheatstress/burning.Inthe
caseofasinglepowerblocktransmitter(FAX5kW/FAX10kW),thetransmittermustbeswitchedoffandmains
powerremovedtosafelyperformthestepsgivenbelow.Inthecaseoflargermodeltransmitters(FAX20kW
FAX40kW),onepowerblockmaybeshutdownandservicedwhiletheother(s)continuetransmitting.Please
consultsection5foraproceduretofollowtosafelyserviceonePAchassisatatime.

STEP 1 Whiletransmitterisstilloperatingatfullpower,inspectallexternaltransmissionline
sectionsforlocalizeddiscolorationsorhotspotsthatarewarm/hottothetouch.
a.Iflocalizedheatingisfound,switchofftransmitter,opentransmissionline,andinspectforloose
bullets(anchorconnectors),splitbullets,contaminations,orotherirregularities.
STEP 2 PressfrontpanelOFFbuttontoswitchtransmitteroff.
STEP 3 RemoveallACmainspowertotransmitter,includingexciter(s).
STEP 4 TakestepstoensureACmainsconnectionissecurelylockedoutandinadvertentmains
reapplicationisnotpossiblewhilemaintenanceisbeingperformed.
STEP 5 Openallmainsaccesspanelsandinspectallmainsconnectionsfortightness,corrosion,
orsignsoflocalizedburning.
STEP 6 Usehexkeytoopenamplifierchassisreardoor.
STEP 7 Verifynoloosehardwarehasfallentobottomofamplifierchassisovertime.
STEP 8 Vacuumanydustaccumulationsfromrearchamberofamplifierchassis.
STEP 9 Vacuumanydustaccumulationsfromoutputassembly.Uselongvacuumcleaner
attachmentasnecessarytogainaccesstohardtoaccessspots.
STEP 10 VacuumanydustaccumulationsfromchassisfanbladesandPSmodulefanblades.
STEP 11 Illuminateinsideoftransmitterrearchamberandinspectallcablesforsignsofcracking,
abrasions,orheatdiscoloration.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


510 Section-5 Maintenance
October 28, 2013

STEP 12 InspectallexposedPCboardsforsignsofheatdiscolorationorringsofdriedsolderflux,
anindicationofpartialsoldermelting.
STEP 13 Shinelightthroughcombinercover(butdonotremove)toinspectoutputassembly
combinercoilsforanycorrosionthatiscrustyorpasty.Itisnormalforthecoilsto
changecolorovertime.Thisdoesnotnegativelyimpacttheirperformance,provideditis
simpleoxidationandnotamoreaggressivecorrosionduetoharshairpollution
components.
STEP 14 Verifyallpushon(faston)connectionsarefullyseatedonPAbackplanes,PSinterface
board,ACmainsinputs,etc.
STEP 15 Shinelightthroughcombinersupportframetodeckofoutputassemblyandinspect
ballastloadsforburningorcracking.
STEP 16 Closeamplifierchassisreardoor.
STEP 17 Returnhexkeytostorageposition.
STEP 18 IftransmitterisFAX20kW,visuallyinspectthe6kWRFrejectloadonrackcabinetupper
rearforsignsofcrackedresistorsorotherdebris.
STEP 19 RemoveACmainslockoutprecautionsandapplyACmainspower.
STEP 20 PressfrontpanelONbuttontoturntransmitteron.
STEP 21 Verifytransmitterreturnstofullpowerandnoalarmsarereported.
STEP 22 Asdesired,useoffairopportunitytoverifyintegrityofallsafetyinterlockcircuitssuchas
stationloadtempsensor,patchpanelpositionswitches,coaxialswitchpositionswitches,
etc.
STEP 23 Asdesired,useoffairopportunitytooperatetransmitterintostationtestloadandverify
testloadintegrity.
STEP 24 Asdesired,useoffairopportunitytoverifyreserveexciterandexciterswitchover
functionality(whereapplicable).
STEP 25 Asdesired,useoffairopportunitytoverifyreserveIPAandIPAswitchoverfunctionality.
STEP 26 Noteanyfindingsandresolutionsinstationmaintenancelog.

5.4 Date and Time Battery

Thedate/timebattery(20mm,3V,lithiumcoinbatteryCR2032)isnormallyinstalledatthefactory.Checkand
verifybatteryisinstalled.ThebatterymountsonthefrontpanelDisplay/Controlboard.Performthefollowing
stepstoinstallorreplacethebattery.
STEP 1 Openfrontpanelbyturningtheupperandlowerthumbscrewscounterclockwise.
STEP 2 SwingthepaneldooropentoaccesstheDisplay/Controlboardlocatedalongthetop
insideofthedoor.Note,thebatteryholderislocatedontheupperlefthandcornerof
theboard.
STEP 3 Removebatteryfrompackage(Pt.No.6600054000)andslidebatteryintoholder,with
positivesideupagainstclip,untilitisfullyseated.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 511
October 28, 2013

Figure 5-1 Date and Time Battery Location

5.5 PA/PS Replacement

5.5.1 Changing PA, IPA, & Power Supply Modules

ThePAmodulesarehotpluggableandmaybeswappedatanytimewhilethetransmitterisoperating.AnyPA
modulemaybeswappedwithaPAmoduleinanotherposition,includingthePAmoduleintheIPAposition.

Figure 5-2 Module Locations

Note
The IPA and PA modules are heavy for their size. Be prepared to support the weight when module is
removed. Pa modules are designed to handle very high temperatures and may be extremely hot. Do not
touch module sides with bare hands after transmitter has been running, especially in high ambient tem-
perature environments.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


512 Section-5 Maintenance
October 28, 2013

Note
The IPA module contains two IPA amplifiers with a green ON status LED for each module half visible
from the front of the IPA module. If the 10kW Transmitter is operating with power out and the IPA is
removed, the transmitter will stop producing RF and therefore will be off-the-air. In the 20/30/40kW
Transmitters, only the affected Power Block will stop producing RF causing a decrease in total system
power out.

STEP 1 Verifywhichmoduleisfaulted.UsesameprocedurefortheIPAmodule.Inthe10kW
Transmitter,removingtheIPAwhilethetransmitterisoperatingwillcausethe
transmittertostopproducingRFandbecomeofftheair.Inthe20/30/40kW
Transmitters,onlytheaffectedPowerBlockwillstopproducingRFcausingareductionin
totaloutputpower.
STEP 2 Openamplifierfrontdoorbylooseningthe2thumbscrews.
STEP 3 RemovefaultedPAmodulefromtransmitterbypullingmoduleforwardandoutofthe
slot.Therearenotlatchesholdingthemoduleinplace.
STEP 4 InsertreplacementPAmodule.Normally,thePAmodulewillturnonautomatically.
PressingthefrontpanelONbuttonwillalsocreateanONcommandforallmodules
withoutanyinterruptionofsystemoperation.
STEP 5 Ifdesired,usethefrontpanelLCDDisplay,oruseapcconnectedtothefrontpanel
Ethernetport,tocheckallPAmodulecurrentstoverifynewPAmodulehasacurrent
drawsimilartoallothermodules.
STEP 6 Closeamplifierfrontdoor.

5.5.2 Power Supply Module Replacement Procedure

ThePSmodulesarehotpluggableandmaybeswappedatanytimewhilethetransmitterisoperating.AnyPS
modulemaybeswappedwithaPSmoduleinanotherposition.

STEP 1 Verifywhichmoduleisfaulted.
STEP 2 Openamplifierfrontdoor.GrabthetoplipofthePSmoduleandpushthemetalclipup
toreleasethehandleandpullsupplystraightout.
STEP 3 Allowthepowersupplytositremovedfromitsslotforabout5minutes.
STEP 4 Reinsertthemodulebackintotheslotandchecktoseeofthefaultsreturn.Ifthefaults
donotreturnletthesupplyrunfor30minutes,ifnofaultsleavethesupplyintheslot.
STEP 5 Iffaultsreturnremovethepowersupplyfromtheslot.

Figure 5-3 PS module Handle Release.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 513
October 28, 2013

STEP 6 InsertreplacementPSmodule.ThetworightmostLEDsshouldlightGreen
automaticallyoncePSmoduleisfullyengaged.
STEP 7 BesurePSmoduleisfirmlyinplaceandthemetalclipintheupperleftcornersecuresthe
PSfrontpiece.ItmaybenecessarytopresstheONbuttontoclearthefaultstoallowthe
moduletoturnon.
STEP 8 Closeamplifierfrontdoor.

5.6 Configuration File, Fault Logs and Software Upload

5.6.1 Config File Save/Upload

Onceyourtransmitterhasbeeninstalledandconfiguredproperlyitisagoodideatosavetheconfigurationfilein
casetheneedtouploaditinthefuturecomesup.TheinformationisstoredontheControlandDisplayBoard,in
caseoffailureofthatcardyouwillneedtouploadasavedconfiguration.Thisfileshouldbesavedeachtimethereis
achangemadetoconfiguration,calibrationornewsoftwareisuploaded.Useafilenamingschemethatallowsfor
easyaccesstothecorrectfileanddateit.

5.6.2 Save Config File

STEP 1 ConnectthePCtothetransmitterusingaEthernetcabletoeitherthefrontorrear
Ethernetport.SeeSection3.8forNetworksetupinformation.
STEP 2 Openawebbrowserandestablishaconnection,oncethereisaconnectionnavigateto
theSystem>>SystemSetup>>Network>>ISPmenu.
STEP 3 ClickontheConfigurationTabandtheDOWNLOADbuttonwillappear.SeeFigure54.

Figure 5-4 FAX ISP Screen

STEP 4 ClicktheDOWNLOADbutton.Adialogboxwillopen,clickonSaveFileandOK.
STEP 5 Anewdialogboxwillopen,browsetothedisklocationtosavethefile.Renamethefile
usinganamingconventionsoitisknowwhatthisfileis.Forexample,FAX10install
09102013forFAX10savedoninstallwiththedateofinstallation.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


514 Section-5 Maintenance
October 28, 2013

5.6.3 Upload Config File

STEP 1 EstablishaconnectiontothetransmitterwithaPC.
STEP 2 System>>SystemSetup>>Network>>ISPmenu.SeeFigure55
STEP 3 ClickBrowseandlocatethecorrectfilefortheupload.Thedefaultnamegivenbythe
FAXiseeprom.Thisnamemayvaryifthenamewaschangedwhensavedfrom
transmitter.Alsonotethatitisbesttohavethisfilelocatedonyourharddiskdrivenot
onaremovablestick.
STEP 4 Clickonthefile,thenOpenandtheboxshouldpopulatewiththefilelocationandname.
STEP 5 ClickSubmitbuttonandthefileshouldupload.OncetheuploadiscompleteaPROGRAM
buttonwillappear.

Figure 5-5 FAX ISP Program Screen


STEP 6 ClickonthePROGRAMbutton,aboxshouldpopupandstatethatthetransmitterwill
loosecommunicationandlossofRFoutput.ClickOK,whenprogrammingiscompletethe
transmitterwillreboot.

5.6.4 Software Update Procedure

ThefollowingstepsdetailtheproceduretoupdatetheFAXseriestransmittersoftware.YouwillneedaPCtothe
Ethernetporttoperformthisprocedure.Oncethesoftwarehasbeenuploadedandprogrammedthetransmitter
willrebootandthestationwillbeofftheairforabriefperiod.

FAXSoftwarepartnumbers(Thefilenamewillcontaintherevisionlevelofthecode):

Complete8611154082

WEBGUI(Only)8611154032

Applicationcode(Only)8611154022

ThesefilescanbeobtainedontheHarrisBroadcastCustomerPortal.Allcustomersshouldregisteratthewebsiteto
obtainanyupdatedsoftware,manualanddocumentationpackages.

STEP 1 ConnectthePCtothetransmitterusingaEthernetcabletoeitherthefrontorrear
Ethernetport.SeeSection3.8forNetworksetupinformation.
STEP 2 Openawebbrowser(Firefoxpreferred)andestablishaconnectiontothetransmitter.
STEP 3 Oncetheconnectionismadegobacktotheaddressbarandtypein/ispaftertheIP
Address.ForexampleifusingthefrontpanelEthernetporttype192.168.117.88/isp.
ScreenshouldappearasinFigure56.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 515
October 28, 2013

Figure 5-6 FAX isp Home Screen


STEP 4 ClickBrowseandlocatethecorrectfilefortheupload.Thisfileshouldbenamed
somethinglikeFAX_CONTROLLER_APP_REVG_0018.s19.Thisnamemayvarysome.
Alsonotethatitisbesttohavethisfilelocatedonyourharddiskdrivenotona
removablestick.
STEP 5 Clickonthefileandtheboxshouldpopulatewithitslocationonthedisk.PressSUBMIT.
Thefilewillbegintoupload,donotpressanykeysuntilthescreenappearslikeFigure5
7.ThefilesizewillvarydependingonRev.

Figure 5-7 isp Program Screen

STEP 6 Thecodeisnowinmemoryinsidethetransmitterbuthasnotbeenprogrammed.Click
onthePROGRAMbutton,themessage"ProgrammingFlash..."and"Rebooting..."should
appear.
STEP 7 Transmittershouldreboot.
STEP 8 GobacktotheIPaddressofthetransmitterandLogin,verifythecodetookbynavigating
totheSystem>>Service>>Versionscreen.Verifythesoftwarerevisions.

5.6.5 Retrieving/Printing Fault Logs

ThisproceduredetailsthestepstoretrievethefaultlogfromaFAXSeriestransmitter.Thelogscanbesavedasa
textfileorpastedintoExcel.

STEP 1 ConnectthePCtothetransmitterusingaEthernetcabletoeitherthefrontorrear
Ethernetport.SeeSection3.8forNetworksetupinformation.
STEP 2 Openawebbrowserandestablishaconnectionandlogin.
STEP 3 ClickontheEventLogtab.
STEP 4 ClicktheDISKicon.Anewwindowwillopenwiththelogshown,seeFigure58below.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


516 Section-5 Maintenance
October 28, 2013

Figure 5-8 FAX Fault Log


STEP 5 ClickonFile,SaveAsandsaveasatextorhtmfile.
STEP 6 Tosaveintoexcel,highlighttheallboxes,andcopyontoclipboard.
STEP 7 Openexcelandrightclick,select"PasteSpecial.Whentheboxappearsclickon"Text",
faultlogshouldappearintheboxes.
STEP 8 ToPrintthefileclickonthePrintericonandsendtoaprinterconnectedtothePC.

5.7 System Calibration Procedures

5.7.1 System Forward/Reflected Power Calibration

TheoutputpowerofthetransmittersystemisaccuratelycalibratedatthefactoryusingaprecisionCalorimeter
andload.Thereisnoseparatecalibrationforreflectedpower,oncetheforwardiscalibratedthecomputerauto
maticallycalibratesthereflectedpowerinthesamecalibrationroutine.Thereareseparatecalibrationsforeach
typeofmodulation,FM,FM+HDandHD.Ifthetransmitterisusedformorethanonemode,eachmodulationtype
usedmustbecalibrated.Thecalibrationisstoredinthetransmittermemoryandcanalsobedownloadedtoacon
figfileandstoredforuseinthecaseofafailedControlandDisplayBoard.Ifthetransmittersystemneedscalibra
tion,acalibratedpowermeterisrequired,eitherinlineorastandalonemetersuchasanAgilent4418or
equivalent.Ifthetransmitterisrunningoneoftheibocmodes,ensurethatthepowermeteriscapableofmeasur
ingdigitalmodulation.

Note
If calibrating in the power in HD Only mode of operation, the power calibrated to should be 5 % higher
than the TPO the transmitter will run at. ie a TPO of 10 kW should be calibrated at 10.5 kW. Once cali-
bration is complete use the lower button to set the transmitter at TPO.

PowerCalibrationCheck(StartatStep2forExternalMeter):

STEP 1 Ifusinganinlinemeteritshouldreadthesameasthetransmitterfrontpanelmeter.Ifreadings
donotmatch(Typicallywithin5%)systempowercalibrationmayberequired.Tocalibrateskipto
theperformcalibrationroutinebelow.
STEP 2 Ifusinganexternalmeterpleaserefertothefactorytestdatathatwasshippedwiththe
transmitter,ithasthecalibrationfactorsthatcanbeenteredintothewattmeter.Thesereadings
takethelossofthecablesandsplitterintoaccount.Onthepagethathasthe"TransmitterPower
Readings",therearetheFrontandRearSamplePortCouplingFactors.
STEP 3 OnaFAX5/10theFrontreadingistheSMAconnectoronthefrontdoorofthetransmitter.On
FAX20/30/40theFrontistheSMAconnectorinsidethefrontdooronpowerblockonethatisnext
totheMultiUnitControlBoard.
STEP 4 OnaFAX5/10therearistheModMonitorBNConthebackpanel.OnaFAX20/30/40theRearis
theJ5thatislocateddirectlyontheoutputdirectionalcoupler.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 517
October 28, 2013

STEP 5 Usethecorrectcouplingfactorbasedonwhichlocationthatthewattmeterwillbeconnected.
Enterthiscouplingfactorintothewattmeter.Pleaserefertothewattmetersinstructionmanual
onhowtoenterit.
Toperformcalibrationperformthefollowingsteps.

STEP 1 Turntransmittersystemonandoperateatratedpowerforaminimumof30minutes
STEP 2 BesuretransmitterremoteisinDISABLE.Ifnot,presstheDISABLEbutton.
STEP 3 IntheSETUP>TXCALIBIBRATE>TXPOWERCALmenuverifythatthecorrectmodulationtypeis
shown.Thereare3possibletypes,FM,FM+HDandHD.Ifthecorrectmodulationisnotshown,
refertotheexcitertocorrectit.
STEP 4 Oncethemodulationtypeiscorrect,settheTXTPOtothecorrectpowerforthetransmitter.In
HDONLYmodethispowershouldbesetto5%morethanTPOforcalibration.Presstheenter
buttonandthehighlightshouldgoaway.Atthebottomofthescreenthemessage"PHASE1
Done"shouldappearafterafewseconds.
STEP 5 Gototheexciterandsetitsforwardpoweruntiltheinlineorexternalwattmeterreadsthesame
astheTXTPOsettinginStep4.Refertotheexciterinstructionmanualtoadjusttheforward
power.
STEP 6 Oncethemetersmatchallowthepowertosettleforafewsecondstoensurethetransmitteris
stable.
STEP 7 GototheCalibratelineandchangeitto"YES"andpresstheenterbutton.Thetransmitterwill
begincalibration,andthemessage"INPROGRESS"willappear.Thiswilltakeseveralseconds,do
notpressanykeysatthistime.
STEP 8 Themessage"DONE"shouldappearontheLCD.Calibrationisnowcompleteforbothforward
andreflectedpowerandthemeterreadingsshouldbethesame.
STEP 9 ForHDOnlymode,usetheLowerpowerbuttontosetthetransmittertoTPO.

Ifthetransmitteristobeusedinmorethanonemodulationmode,repeatthisprocedureforeachmode.

5.7.2 Power Block Power Calibration FAX20/30/40 Only

Thefollowingproceduredetailshowtocalibrateforwardandreflectedpowereachofthepowerblocksina20kW
orlargersystem.Eachpowerblockmakesupaportionofthetotalpowerinthetransmittersystem.Forexamplein
aFAX30eachpowerblockoutputs10kWor1/3thetotalpower.However,thepowerblockhastoovercomesome
lossesinthesplittingandcombininginsideeachblock.Forcalibrationwewillassumethistobeapproximately2%,
thisfactorwillbeincludedinthecalibration.SointhecaseofaFAX30runningafull30kWeachpowerblockwillbe
calibratedat10kW+2%(200Watts)or10.2kW.ForHDModethiswillbe7%.Thisformulashouldbeusedtodeter
minetheapproximatepowertocalibrateeachpowerblockinyourtransmitter.Thepowerblocksshouldonlyneed
calibrationwhenthepowerblockSystemInterfaceBoardisreplacedortheTPOofthetransmitterisincreased
abovewherethefactorycalibratedit.Thepowerblockonlyrequiresonecalibrationregardlessofhowmanymodes
ofoperationthetransmittermayrun.Thepowercalibrationshouldbecompletedforthemodethatrunsthehigh
estpowerout,typicallyFM+HD.ForexampleifrunningFM+HDandFMonlyasbackupthepowerblocksonly
requirecalibrationintheFM+HDmode.

Note
If running in the HD Only mode as the main mode or the only mode the transmitter is used in, the calibra-
tion should be done by adding 7 % to the power block power. ie 10 kW +7 % or 10.7 kW.

STEP 1 EnsuretheSystemforwardpoweriscalibratedandthetransmitterisrunningatthat
powerforaminimumof30minutes.
STEP 2 GotoSETUP>TXCALIBRATE>PWRBLOCKCAL
STEP 3 VerifythecorrectModulationType,FM,FM+HDorHD.Ifthecorrectmodulationisnot
shown,refertotheexcitertocorrectit.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


518 Section-5 Maintenance
October 28, 2013

STEP 4 SettheUNITPOWERtothevaluecalculatedusingtheformuladescribedabove.
STEP 5 Tosetthegaincorrectly,accesstotheSystemInterfaceBoardineachpowerblockwill
berequired.ThisistheboardlocatedtotherightofthepowersuppliesbehindtheUnit
Controllerpanel.
STEP 6 NoticeontheLCDavoltagereadingforeachpowerblocksforwardandreflectedpower.
UsingS9(raise)andS11(lower)oneachSystemInterfaceBoard,seteachpowerblockso
theforwardreadingis3.49V.SeeFigure59forswitchlocation.
STEP 7 SetDipswitchS2(topoftheboardontheleft)section8(farrightsectionofS2)toON.
Thisputstheboardinthecalibrationmode.

Figure 5-9 Power Block System Interface Control Board.

STEP 8 NowadjustreflectedS12(lower)adS13(raise)sotheReflectedvoltagevalueforforward
andreflected(usingforwardandreflectedforsamepowerblock)match.Repeatforeach
powerblock.
STEP 9 SetDispswitchS28onallpowerblockstoOFF.
STEP 10 GotoCalibrate,changetoYESandpressEnter.OncethemessageDONEappears,
STEP 11 Calibrationiscomplete.

.
5.7.3 Transmitter Air Flow Calibration

ThefollowingprocedureisusedtocalibratetheAirflowineachpowerblocktoinsurepropercoolingofthe
transmittersystem.ThisisdoneatthefactorypriortoshippingandshouldnothavetobedoneunlessthePower
SupplyInterfaceboardisreplaced.Thetransmitterhasvariablespeedfansandiscalibratedat100%whichisfull
speed.Undernormalconditionsthefanswillrunatabout7090%,underfaultconditionsthefanswillrampupto
fullspeed.Onsomeoldermodelunits,thefansweresinglespeedanddonotrequirecalibration.

STEP 1 Besuretherearenoobstructionsonthetoporbackareasofthetransmittercabinet.
Periodicallychecktheairfiltersfordirtbuildup.Itisveryimportanttokeepthefilters
cleanatalltimes.
STEP 1 GotoSETUP>TXCALIBRATE>AIRFLOWSET
STEP 2 Togetfanstorunatfullspeedafaultmustbecreated.TheeasiestwayistopullonePA
modulefromitsslotinthepowerblockthatisbeingcalibrated.Besurenottopullthe
IPAorthetransmitterwillbeoffair.Thefansshouldrampuptofullspeed.
STEP 3 Forthepowerblockthatisbeingcalibratedonly,gotoPBxAIRFLOWmenu.
STEP 4 SETPBx100%,changetoYESandpressenter.AIRFLOWCALshouldread100%.
STEP 5 ReinstallthePAmoduleandfansshouldrampdowninspeed.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 519
October 28, 2013

STEP 6 Repeatthisprocedureforeachpowerblockinthetransmitter.

5.7.4 Exciter Power Calibration/Switchover Threshold

TheFAXtransmitterdoesnotmeasureexciterpowerinternally,itusesadcvoltagethatisproportionaltothe
ExcitersRFoutput.ThisvoltageisintheExciterinterfacecableandcomesinforeachexciterinthesystem.Ifusing
dualexciterseachexciterwillrequirecalibration.Nowattmeterisrequired,theFAXiscalibratedbymatchingitto
theexcitersfrontpanelpowerreading.Iftheexciterswitchoverthresholdneedstobesetoradjusted,firstverify
thebothexciterspowermetersmatchthepowermeterdisplayedontheFAXandtheEXCPWRvoltageisinrange.
IfnecessarydotheExciterPowerCalibrationstepsbeforeproceedingontosettingtheswitchoverthreshold.

ExciterPowerCalibration

STEP 1 GotoSETUP>EXCITERSETUP.Theexciterselectedshouldbetheonethatispresentlyon
air.
STEP 2 GotoEXCPWRCALmenu.
STEP 3 EnsureModulationtypeiscorrect.
STEP 4 EXCPWRreadingshouldbeintherangeof1000to2000mV.Ifnotgototheexciterand
setthescalingforforwardpowersothevoltageisinrange.Althoughtheminimum
voltageforsetupis100mVforreliableoperationofthisfeaturekeepthevoltageinthe
rangestated.
STEP 5 SettheEPWRCALvaluetomatchtheexciterpowerreading.Noticethatthisreadingisin
milliwatts.SomeexciterssuchastheFlexstarreadinWatts,so2wattswillbe2000
milliwatts
STEP 6 ChangeCALIBRATEtoYesandpressEnterbutton.
STEP 7 RepeatforExciterBifrequired.
STEP 8 ExciterCalibrationComplete

ExciterSwitchoverThresholdSetup(DualExcitersONLY)
STEP 1 WiththetransmitterrunningatTPO,navigatetoSETUP>>TXCONTROLandsetthe
following:
APCtoOFF
EXCSWMODEtoMAN
EXCONAIRtotheexciterthatthethresholdisbeingsetforAorB
STEP 2 NavigatetoSETUP>>EXCITERSETUPandsettheexcitertoAorBtomatchStep1
STEP 3 NavigatetoSETUP>>EXCITERSETUP>>EXCPWRCAL
STEP 4 Lowertheexciterpoweroutuntilthetransmitterhasreachedapointwheretheexciter
switchovershouldoccur,ie75%ofTPO.
STEP 5 VerifytheEXCPWRvoltageisintherangeof100to2000mV.

Note
If the threshold is set when the voltage is outside this range the switchover will default to 40 % of exciter
power which will be near 0 Watts out of the the transmitter.

STEP 6 ChangetheSETTHRESHOLDtoYESandpressENTER.
STEP 7 Changetotheotherexciterandrepeatthesestepsforswitchingintheotherdirection.
STEP 8 ResettheAPCtoONandEXCSWModebacktoAuto.
STEP 9 Endofprocedure.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


520 Section-5 Maintenance
October 28, 2013

5.7.5 Power Supply Voltage Set

TheFAXtransmitterallowstheusertosetheDCvoltageoutputofthepowersuppliestoobtaineitherbestoverall
efficiencyintheClassC(FM)modeorforbestspectralperformanceinClassAB(HDmodes).TheFAXallowsthe
powersuppliestobesetintherangeof44VDCto52VDC.InClassCthelowerthevoltagetypicallythebetterthe
efficiency.InClassABcareshouldbetakennottolowerthevoltagetoapointthattheRFoutputspectrumexceeds
themask.IfchangingthissettinginHDmodesturnRTACoffandverifythespectrumperformancehasnot
significantlydegradedwhenchangingthevoltage.Thepowersupplyvoltagesettingisstoredforeachmode(FM,
FM+HDandHD),ifusingmorethanonemodethevoltagemustbesetforeach.

STEP 1 GotoSETUP>TXCALIBRATE>POWERSUPPLYSET
STEP 2 EnsureModulationtypeiscorrect.
STEP 3 ChangethePSVOLTStothedesiredvoltage.Itisnotnecessarytoturntransmitteroffto
changethevoltage.
STEP 4 ChangeSETtoYesandpressenterbutton.

5.7.6 Reject Load Calibration (Power/Fan Speed) FAX20/30/40 Only

RejectloadsareonlyusedintheFAX20/30/40tocombinemultiplepowerblocksandcabinets.InaFAX20thereis
onlyoneRejectload,inaFAX30andFAX40therearethree.Eachloadmustbecalibratedseparately.Typically
rejectloadcalibrationisonlyrequiredifreplacingtheentirerejectloadorthefancontrolboardmountedtothe
rejectload.ThefancontrolboardprovidestheRFdetectorfortherejectloadcalibration.

PowerBlockCombiner(6kW)LoadCalibrationProcedure:

STEP 1 GotoSETUP>TXCALIBRATE>REJLOADCAL>SYSTEMREJCAL
STEP 2 RemovetheIPAinonepowerblockonly.
STEP 3 VerifytheREJSENSEvoltagereadingisbetween3.2and3.8V.Ifthisvoltageisoffitmay
benecessarytosetthegainontheFanControlboardthatismountedontheRejectLoad
beingcalibrated.ThegaincanbesetbychangingS1sections7and8.
STEP 4 VerifythatthefansarerunningatfullspeedbycheckingTP5onfanboardforrejectload
beingcalibratedforgreaterthan4VDC.OnRevCorlaterboardsYellowDS7willturnon
indicatingfullspeed.IfthisisnotonchangethesettingofS1sections3,4,5untilTP5is
greaterthan4VDCorDS7lights.OneofthesectionsshouldbeON.
STEP 5 ChangeSYSSET100%toYESandpressEnterbutton.
STEP 6 ForFAX30/40repeatforothercabinetpowerblockcombinerload
CabinetCombiner(12kW)LoadCalibrationProcedure:

STEP 1 GotoSETUP>TXCALIBRATE>REJLOADCAL>SYSTEMREJCAL
STEP 2 Toget100%powerintothecabinetcombinerrejectloadpullbothIPAinonecabinetor
turntheACmainsofftoonecabinet.
STEP 3 VerifytheREJSENSEvoltagereadingisbetween3.2and3.8V.Ifthisvoltageisoffitmay
benecessarytosetthegainontheFanControlboardthatismountedontheRejectLoad
beingcalibrated.ThegaincanbesetbychangingS1sections7and8.
STEP 4 VerifythatthefansarerunningatfullspeedbycheckingTP5onfanboardforrejectload
beingcalibratedforgreaterthan4VDC.OnRevCorlaterboardsYellowDS7willturnon
indicatingfullspeed.IfthisisnotonchangethesettingofS1sections3,4,5untilTP5is
greaterthan4VDCorDS7lights.OneofthesectionsshouldbeON.
STEP 5 Oncevoltageisinrange,changeSYSSET100%toYESandpressEnterbutton.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 521
October 28, 2013

5.7.7 Backup Control Mode Power Setting


IntheeventthattheMicroModulewouldfailthetransmitterwillreverttobackupcontrol.Inbackupcontrolthe
powercontrolreferencefromthemircoislostandthepotentiometerontheSystemInterfaceBoardorMultiUnit
InterfaceinFAX20/30/40,becomesthepowerreference.ThispotcanbesettothefullrangeofthetransmitterRF
powercapability.ThispotissetatthefactorytothecustomerTPOonthesalesorder.Ifadjustmentisrequiredit
isnotnecessarytotakethetransmitteroffair.

STEP 1 OntheSystemInterfaceboardortheMultiUnitInterfaceontheFAX20/30/40,setthe
Normal/BackupswitchtoBackup.RedBackupModeLEDshouldbeon
STEP 2 AdjustthePWRSETlocatedonSystemInterfaceboardortheMultiUnitInterfacepotto
desiredpower
STEP 3 SettheswitchbacktoNormal.RedBackupModeLEDshouldbeoff

5.7.8 UPS Mode Power Setup


UserRemoteJ1Pin8ontherearofthetransmitter,PowerBlock1inFAX20/30/40,setstheFAXintotheUPSmode.
ThislinewouldtypicallycomefromaUPSoraACMainsgeneratortosetthetransmittertoapoweroutatapoint
thatthegeneratorwascapableofsupplyingenoughpowerwithoutbeingoverdissapated.Italsocanbeusedinthe
eventthetransmitterneededtobeturneddowninpowertodomaintenanceonthesystemorantenna.

STEP 1 WiththetransmitterON,groundpin8ofUserRemoteJ1.Thismustbeacontinuous
ground
STEP 2 Ifthishasnotbefiledsetthetransmittershoulddroptoabout25%powerandSystem
LEDshouldbeyellow.
STEP 3 UsingtheRaise/Lowerbuttonsonthefrontpanel,setthepowertodesiredlevel.Ifthis
pointisbelowtheRFOutputWarning/FaultThresholdsettingsyouwillgetanalarm.
STEP 4 RemovegroundfromJ18andtransmittershouldreturntonormalpowerout

5.7.9 IPA Bypass FAX 5/10 Only


IfasituationeverariseswheretheIPAsystemmustbebypassed,thereisaconvenientwaytofeedtheExciterRF
outputdirectlytotheinputofthe2waydividerthatfeedsthePAs.ThisbypassesnotonlytheIPAbutalsotheRF
Switchboard.DependingontheexciteritmaynotbeabletooutputenoughpowertoreachtheTPO,howeverthe
transmitterwillbeontheair.

STEP 1 Depressfrontpanel"OFF"buttonandopenfrontdoor.
STEP 2 BeforeconnectingtheexcitertoJ4,ensureitsRFlevelissettoabout5watts.
STEP 3 RemovethecoaxonJ4BNCandconnecttheexciterRFoutputtoJ4.
STEP 4 Unmutethetransmitterandexciter.Raisetheexciterpoweruntilthetransmitterisback
toitsTPOor60Wattswhichmaximumsafepowerintothesplitter.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


522 Section-5 Maintenance
October 28, 2013

Figure 5-10 PA Bypass J4

5.8 Board and Assembly Replacement Procedures

5.8.1 Backplane Board Replacement

Thereare4Backplaneboardsineach10kWPowerBlock.ThefunctionoftheBackplaneBoardistointerfacethe
Controller,PowerSupply,andRFsignalstoeachPAModule.WheninstallinganewBackplaneBoard,itisimportant
tosetall8oftheswitchesonDipswitchS1tothesamesettingsastheswitchesontheboardbeingreplaced.

STEP 1 Removeallpowerfromthetransmitter
STEP 2 Removethe2PAmodulesthatplugintothebackplanebeingremoved.
STEP 3 Openthebackdoorofthetransmitterblocktogainaccesstotheboards.
STEP 4 Themakeaccesstothebackplaneeasier,unbolttheSplitter/Rejectloadassembly.This
isthelargeassemblywiththetwoheatsinksmountedtotherightwallintherearofthe
cabinet.Itisnotnecessarytocompletelyremovetheassemblybutithelpstomoveit
awaytogainaccesstotherightside.
STEP 5 ToremovetheSplitterassembly,firstremovethe14coaxesoffthe14waycombiner.
STEP 6 Therearefournutsthatholdtheassemblyinplacetwoatthetopandtwoonthe
bottom.Removeallfour.

Note
During re-assembly, the Black power supply wires attach to the aluminum cover panel.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 523
October 28, 2013

Figure 5-11 PA Backplane Boards

STEP 7 Notewhereallthewiresarelocated,ensurethattheygobacktothesamelocationwhen
reassemblingtheunit.
STEP 8 Removetheribboncable,DCPowercablesandRFconnectorsfromthebackplanebeing
replaced.
STEP 9 Usingasmallphillipsscrewdriver,removetheninesilverscrewsfromthebackplane.Lift
thebackplanefromthecabinet.

Note
Do not remove any brass screws.

STEP 10 Setthedipswitchonthenewboardtomatchtheboardjustremoved.
STEP 11 Installthenewbackplaneintothetransmitterandsecurewiththeninescrews.
STEP 12 ReplacetheRFcables,DCpowerCablesandtheribboncabletothesamelocationthey
wereremovedfrom.
STEP 13 ReinstalltheSplitter/Rejectloadassemblytotherightsidewallonthetransmitter.
STEP 14 Reconnectthecoaxestothe14waycombiner.
STEP 15 ReinstallPAmodulesandturntransmitterON.

5.8.2 System Interface Control Board Replacement

ThefollowinginstructionsexplainhowtoreplaceaSystemInterfaceControlPWAincludingthecorrectsettingofall
PWAswitches.ThehighpowerFlexivaFAXseriesoftransmittersallusethesameSystemInterfaceControlPWA.In
the10kWTransmitterand10kWPowerBlock,theSystemInterfaceModuleislocatedontherightendofthePower
SupplyModules.Inthe20kW/30kW/40kWTransmitters,asecondInterfaceModuleisutilizedinthePrimaryPower
BlockanditiscalledtheMultiUnitSystemInterfaceModule.TheMultiUnitModuleinterfaceswithalloftheother
SystemInterfaceModulesineachPowerBlock.Thehardwareforeachisidentical,thedifferenceistheswitch
settingsthatdetermineoftheboardisapowerblockcontrollerorasystemcontroller.

ThereplacementRevEorhigherPWAisuniversalwhichmeansitcanbeusedineitherlocationandwillreplace
olderversionsofthesamePWA,howeverdonotsetthedipswichestomatchearlierversionboardsassomenew
parametershavebeenadded.DipswitchsettingsareusedtodesignatewhichPowerBlockandpositionthePWA
willbeused.DipswitchsettingsarealsousedtoidentifywhichHarrisBroadcastExciterisbeingutilizedinthe
system.Pleaseseesection5.4.4forguidanceonpropersettingsforyourmodelFAXtransmitter.Figure517above

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


524 Section-5 Maintenance
October 28, 2013

illustratesthelocationoftheMultiUnitSystemInterfacePWAandtheSystemInterfaceControllerPWAwithinthe
10kWPowerBlock.

ToremovetheSystemInterfaceUnitControlPWA,beginbyremoving2PhillipsscrewsfromthefrontoftheSystem
InterfaceModule.SeeFigure512.

Figure 5-12 System Interface Control Module Mounting Screws

Carefullypullthemodulestraightout.Therightsideofthemetalhousingsitsinaguidemountedonthechassis
shelf.

Figure 5-13 System Interface Control PWA

Carefullyremovetheribboncableconnectors,5SMAconnectorsandthepowersupplyconnector.Allofthecables
arelabelledtomakereconnectioneasier.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 525
October 28, 2013

Figure 5-14 System Interface Control Cables Removed

After the Module is removed, use a Phillips screw driver to remove the PWA from the metal housing it attached to by
removing 6 Phillips screws. Attach the replacement PWA to the metal housing. Set the dipswitches to match the
removed boards on Rev E and higher PWAs. If replacing a PWA Rev D or earlier refer to Section 5.4.4 for a
description of each switch. The board will come in the factory default positions.
Verify system and power block calibrations are still correct.

5.8.3 Multi Unit System Interface Board Replacement

To replace the PWA in the Multi Unit System Interface Module, begin by removing the 2 front Phillip
screws securing the sheet metal tray the module is mounted on. Carefully slide the module out then remove
the 4 Phillips screws that attach the cover to the module.

Figure 5-15 Removing Multi Unit System Interface Control Module and Cover

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


526 Section-5 Maintenance
October 28, 2013

Figure 5-16 Remove Multi Unit System Interface Control Module Cables

After the Module is removed, use a Phillips screw driver to remove the PWA from the metal housing it attached to by
removing 6 Phillips screws. Attach the replacement PWA to the metal housing. Set the dipswitches to match the
removed boards on Rev E and higher PWAs. If replacing a PWA Rev D or earlier refer to Section 5.4.4 for a
description of each switch. The board will come in the factory default positions.
Verify that the system power calibration is still correct.

5.8.4 Control and Display Board Replacement

ThefollowingstepsexplainhowtochangetheControlandDisplayBoard.Thetransmitterconfigurationisstored
onthisboard,ifthisfilewasnotdownloadedfromthetransmitterandstored,acopycanbeobtainedfromHarris
Broadcast.However,thisfilewillnothavenaychangesthathavebeenmadesinceitlefttheHarrisBroadcast
factory.IfEthernetconnectivityisstillavailable,gotto5.5.1inthissectionofthemanualanddownloadthefile
priortoremovaloftheboard.

STEP 1 RemoveallACpowertothetransmitter.
STEP 2 TheEthernetcablecatchislocatedbetweentheboardandtheconnector,itmayeasiest
towaituntiltheboardisremovedfromthedoorandthencarefullyuseasmallscrew
drivertopressthecatchandremovethecable.Removeallcablesfromtheboard.
STEP 3 Removetheboardfromthefrontdoor.RemovetheEthernetcableifnotalreadydone.
STEP 4 IfthereplacementboarddoesnothaveaMicroModuleattached,theexistingonecan
bereused.
STEP 5 IfrequiredinstallexistingMicrotonewboardandinstalltheboardbackonthefront
door.
STEP 6 Replaceallcables
STEP 7 TurnontheACpowerandconnectcomputertooneoftheEthernetports.
STEP 8 Uploadaconfigurationfiletothetransmitter.SeeSection5.5.1inthissectionofthe
manualforprocedure.
STEP 9 Turntransmitteronandverifycorrectoperation.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 527
October 28, 2013

Figure 5-17 Control and Display Board with Micro Module

5.8.5 14-Way Power Splitter Assembly Replacement

ThefollowinginstructionsexplainhowtoreplacetheSplitterAssemblyintherearofa10kWpowerblock.These
instructionscanalsobefollowedtoremovethesplitterforeasieraccesstothePowerSupplyInterfacePWAthatis
mountedbehindit.

Caution
THE SPLITTER ASSEMBLY ALSO CONTAINS THE REJECT LOAD RESISTORS FOR
THE 14-WAY COMBINER AND IS DESIGNED TO HANDLE HIGH TEMPERATURES.
IF THERE IS AN IMBALANCE IN THE POWER BLOCK DUE TO FAILURE OF PA
MODULES THE HEATSINK COULD BE HOT. VERIFY ASSEMBLY IS COOL TO
PRIOR TO TOUCHING.

STEP 1 Removeallpowertothetransmitter.
STEP 2 Openthebackdoortothepowerblockthatthesplitteristobereplacedin.
STEP 3 Removethe14coaxesthatareattachedfromthesplittertothe14Waycombiner.
Theseconnectionsarenotcriticalandcanbereconnectedinanylocation.
STEP 4 Removethe4nutsandhardwareholdingtheassemblyinplace.Thereare2onthe
bottomand2ontherightsidewallatthetopoftheassembly.SeethefollowingFigure
fornutlocations.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


528 Section-5 Maintenance
October 28, 2013

Figure 5-18 Splitter Nut Locations

STEP 5 ThesplitterstillhasthecoaxestothePABackplaneboardsattached.Thesplittercanbe
liftedbutnotremoved.Witha5/16"wrenchlooseneachoftheSMAcoaxesandremove
themfromthebackplaneboards.AlsoremovetheIPAinputcoaxlocatedonthesideof
theSplitternearthemiddleoftheassembly.
STEP 6 Carefullyremovethesplitter.Reversethesestepstoreplacethenewassembly.

5.8.6 14-Way Combiner Assembly Replacement

Thefollowinginstructionsexplainhowtoreplacethe14WayCombinerAssemblyintherearofa10kWpower
block.TheseinstructionscanalsobefollowedtoremovethecombinerforeasieraccesstothePowerSupply
InterfacePWAthatismountedbehindit.PriortoremovalthetransmissionlineconnectedtotheRFoutputwill
needtoberemoved.InhigherpowerFAXtransmitters,20kWandabove,thecombinerswillneedtoberemoved
aswell.Seetheproceduresinthissectionofthemanualonhowtoremovethem.

STEP 1 Removeallpowertothetransmitter.
STEP 2 Openthebackdoortothepowerblockthatthesplitteristobereplacedin.Removethe
14coaxesthatareattachedfromthesplittertothe14Waycombiner.Thesearethe
rejectloadconnectionswhicharenotcriticalandcanbereconnectedinanylocation.
STEP 3 RemovethehoseclampfromtheRFoutputconnector.Thenremoveallofthehardware
atthearrowsshowninFigure524below.Thiswillallowthepaneltobetiltedupand
outoftheway.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 529
October 28, 2013

Figure 5-19 Remove Hardware at these locations

STEP 4 RemovetheSMAcoaxesonthedirectionalcouplerassembly.A5/16"wrenchmaybe
requiredtoloosenthem.
STEP 5 Removethe4nutsandhardwareholdingthecombinerassemblyinplace.Thereare2
oneachsideofthecombinerassembly.SeeFigure524belowfornutlocations.

Figure 5-20 14-Way Combiner Nut Locations

STEP 6 ThecombinerstillhasthecoaxestothePABackplaneboardsattached.Thecombiner
canbeleanedforwardbutnotremoved.Aftertiltingtheassemblyforward,carefully
removeeachofthecoaxesthatareattachedtothebackplaneboards.
STEP 7 Thecombinerassemblycannowberemovedfromthepowerblock.Reversethesesteps
toreplacewiththenewassembly.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


530 Section-5 Maintenance
October 28, 2013

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 61
October 28, 2013

6 Section-6 Diagnostics

6.1 Introduction

ThissectioncontainsdiagnosticandtroubleshootinginformationfortheFlexivaFAXFM/HDSeriesofTransmitters.
ShoulddifficultiesarisewithyourFAXtransmitter,usetheinformationinthissectiontohelplocateandcorrectthe
problem.

6.2 Troubleshooting Tables

ThissectionprovidestroubleshootingtablesforFAXseriestransmitterscoveredinthismanual.Thereaderis
encouragedtocarefullystudythetableinitsentiretyevenifthetransmitterisoperatingwithoutanyproblemsat
thepresenttime.Becomingfamiliarwiththefollowinginformationwillbehelpfultodiagnoseandrepairproblems
shouldanyariseinthefuture.

6.2.1 LED Indicator Explanation

GREEN:MeansOK.Doesnotneedanyattention

AMBER:MeansWARNING.Transmitterisoperatingbuttheresaproblem.ShouldbeinvestigatedASAP.

RED:MeansFAULT.Somethinginthetransmittersystemhasfaultedandrequiresimmediateattention.Transmitter
couldbeoffair.

6.2.2 Transmitter Front Panel Controller LED Indicators

Figure61showstheFAXtransmitterfrontpaneloperatingwithnoFaultsandtheRemoteControlDisabled.Table1
providesanexplanationofStatusLEDsbasedonitsilluminatedcolorandtroubleshootingtipstoresolvewarnings
andFaultswhentheyoccur.

Figure 6-1 FAX Front Panel Status LEDs

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


62 Section-6 Diagnostics
October 28, 2013

AlsoavailableonthefrontpanelisanRFsampleport,thisisaconvenientwaytosampletheRFoutputofthe
transmitter.ThisisasampleofTotalRFOutfromtheDirectionalCouplerbuiltintotheTransmitterPowerBlockthat
internallyconnectstothe15/8"connector.On20/30/40kWTransmitterSystems,thisfrontpanelportsamplesthe
RFoutputofweachpowerblock.TogettheRFsampleofthetransmittertakenfromthetransmittersystem
DirectionalCoupler,openthefrontdoorandlocatetheSMAconnectorontheMultiUnitInterfacepanel.Thisisthe
samplethatcomesfromthe31/8"outputconnectorontopofthetransmittercabinet.

Table 1: Front Panel LED Troubleshooting Table

Symptom CauseandSolution

EXCITERLEDisGreen Exciterthatisonairisoperatingwithnoalarmsorfaults.Note:Indualexcitersystemsthe
transmitterwillnotdisplaythefaultstatusoftheoffairexciter.

EXCITERLEDisYellow Exciterrelayhastripped.ChecktheoffairexciterRFoutput.TherelaytripsonRFpowerfrom
exciterbeingtoolow.

EXCITERLEDisRed OnAirexciterhasafault.RefertotheexciterLEDsandmanualforfurtherinformation.

DRIVECHAINLEDisGreen AllIPAsinallpowerblocksareoperatingnormallywithnofaults.

DRIVECHAINLEDisYellow IPARelayhastrippedduetolowpoweroneitherAorBside.CheckIPAModuleLEDsandfault
logforfurtherinformation.

DRIVECHAINLEDisRed IPAisfaulted.CheckIPAmoduleLEDsineachpowerblockifbothAandBsidesaregreencheck
RFSwitchBoardineachpowerblock.IPAfaultsareVSWR,OverCurrent,Under
Voltage,OverdriveorOverTemp

POWERAMPLEDisGreen AllPAmodulesinallpowerblocksareoperatingwithnofaults.

POWERAMPLEDisRed OneormorePAModulesarefaultedorremovedfromthetransmitter.Checkfaultlogfor
furtherdetails.PAfaultsareVSWR,OverCurrent,UnderVoltage,OverdriveorOverTemp

POWERSUPPLYLEDis AllPowerSupplymodulesinallpowerblocksareoperatingwithnofaults.
Green

POWERSUPPLYLEDisRed OneormorePowerSupplymodulesarefaultedorremovedfromthetransmitter.ACMainshas
droppedbelow190VACorhaslostaphase(3Phasessystemsonly).Checkfaultlogand
individualpowersupplyLEDsforfurtherdetails.

OUTPUTLEDisGreen TransmitterisON,abovewarningthreshold,belowpowerlimitthresholdandreflectedpoweris
ok.

OUTPUTLEDisYellow TransmitterRFpowerhasincreasedto110%(Limit)ormoreofcalibratedpower,VSWR
FoldbackhasoccurredortransmitterpowerhasdroppedbelowWarningthresholdorreject
loadisfault.CheckexciterandIPApowerandreflectedpowerreadings.Alsocheckrejectload
powerandtemperature.

OUTPUTLEDisRed TransmitterpowerhasdroppedbelowFaultthresholdsetinSystemServicemenuorVSWR
faulthasoccurred.

SYSTEMLEDisGreen TransmitterandExciterareswitchedONandoperatingnormallywithnofaultsoralarmsbeing
reported.

SYSTEMLEDisYellow Transmitterisreportingalarms,thesearenotsevereenoughtofaultsystemoff.Checkthefault
log.Systemalarmsareduetocontrolorcoolingfaults.APCisoff,transmitterhasswitchedto
LowPowerMode(possiblerejectloadfault),fanfault,airflowfault,powerlimit,VSWR,mute
andbackupcontrol.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 63
October 28, 2013

Symptom CauseandSolution

SYSTEMLEDisRed TransmitterhasaseriousfaultandTransmittermaybeOFForSoftwareControlhasbeen
disabledeitherbyuserorafailedcontrolboard.AnInterlockopen,CoolingfaultorRFMute
hasoccurred.CheckotherStatusLEDsandfaultlogforfurtherinformation.

MUTELEDisGreen TransmitterisONandunmuted.MuteLEDwillbegreenwhentransmitterisOFF.

MUTELEDisRed TransmitterisONandMuted.CheckEquipmentInterlockJ19ofUSERREMOTEconnectoron
rearofpowerblock1.CheckMUTElineJ17ofUSERREMOTEconnectoronrearofpowerblock
1.TransmitteralsowillflashMUTELEDredwhenswitchingtobackupexciterorIPA,itshouldgo
backgreenonceswitchingiscomplete.RestrikecommandwillbrieflyturnMUTELEDred.

6.2.3 System Interface Control Module LED Indicators

Figure62showstheFAXtransmitterSystemInterfaceControlModuleStatusLEDs.FollowingFigure62isan
explanationofstatusLEDsbasedonitsilluminatedcolorandtroubleshootingtipstoresolvewarningsandfaults
whentheyoccur.

Note
Each 10kW power Block contains an System Interface Control Module that is located at the right end of
the Power Supply Modules. This card interfaces with all the main subassemblies in the 10kW Power Block
including the front panel LCD Controller. The System Interface Control Module contains Life-Support
(Backup Mode) circuits to enable transmitter operation if the front panel LCD Controller should ever fail.
The Interface Controller contains user buttons to facilitate most transmitter operational functions. In
20kW/30kW/40kW systems, the main Power Block contains an additional identical Interface Control
Module that is referred to as the Multi Unit System Control Module. It is located directly above the Power
Supply Modules in the Main Power Block Cabinet. The Multi Unit System Controller Module interfaces
with each Power Block Cabinets Interface Control Module. Both Interface cards are identical. Onboard
Dipswitches determine the configuration (function) of each card.

ThefollowingpictureshowsthefrontedgeofaSystemInterfaceControlModuleillustratingthefrontpanelLEDs.
Therearealso2columnsofsurfacemountLEDSdownthemiddle.InaFAX20/30/40theLEDsthatareavailable
dependsonifthecardisactingasaMultiUnitInterfaceorSystemInterface.IfactingasSystemInterfaceineach
powerblock,faultsthatareTransmitterfaultswillnotappearonthiscard.Onlythefaultsthatpertaintothatpower
blockwillappear.However,allfaultswillshowupinthefaultlog.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


64 Section-6 Diagnostics
October 28, 2013

Figure 6-2 Interface Control Module Front LEDs

Refertothedrawing8010234051sheet9of13.

DS1:+5V:IlluminatesGreenwhenthe+5Voltsupplyforthecontrollerison.5Vtypicallyruns4.6VDC

DS2:FWDPWR:NormallyOFF.IlluminatesYellowwhentheForwardPowerLimit(<110%ofcalibratedpower)is
reached

DS3:VSWRFB:VSWRFoldback:NormallyOFF.IlluminatesYellowwhentheVSWRthreshold(1.3:1to
1.5:1dependingonusersetting)isexceededandthetransmittergoesintoPowerFoldbackmode.

DS5:EXTINTLK:ExternalInterlock:OFFwhenInterlockcircuitiscomplete.IlluminatesRedwhenInterlockcircuitis
openUserRemoteJ124toJ125.Transmitterwillfaultoffandrequireusertoturntransmitterbackon.

DS7:FLTOFF:SystemFaultOFF:NormallyOFF.IlluminatesRedwhenthetransmitterFaultsOFF.Checkotherstatus
LEDsandthefaultlogforfurtherinformation.VSWRFaultgreaterthan1.5:1(notFoldback)willcauseaSystem
FaultOff,alsoanairflowfaultwillcausethesystemtofaultoff.

DS9:VSWRFLT:VSWRFault:NormallyOFF.IlluminatesRedwhentheVSWRthreshold(1.5:1)isexceeded.Thiswill
alsocauseaFLTOFFledtolight.

DS11:EQUIP:EquipmentInterlock:NormallyOFF.IlluminatesRedwhenthetransmitterEquipmentInterlockcircuit
J19isgrounded.TransmitterwillmuteuntiltheinterlockJ19ofUSERREMOTEisopen,thentransmitterwillreturn
toTPO.DS28SystemLEDshouldilluminateaswell.

DS13:ACFLT:ACMainsFault:NormallyOFF.IlluminatesRedwhentheACMainsinputvoltagedropsbelowthe
operatingrangeofthepowersupply.ThisfaultwilltripwhentheACvoltageattheinputtothePowerSupply
Interfaceboarddropsbelow190VAConanyphase.VerifytheACMainstothetransmitteriswithintherangefor

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 65
October 28, 2013

theservicebeingused(singleor3phase).CheckfusesforlowvoltagedetectoroneachphaseonthePowerSupply
Interfaceboardinrearofpowerblocks.Verifycabinetorwallcircuitbreakerhasnottripped.

DS15:LOADFLT:RejectloadFault:NormallyOFF.IlluminatesRedwhenafaultinthecombinerrejectloadoccurs.
Thisfaultiseitherafanhasfailed,thetemperatureintherejectloadhasexceededfaultlevel,ortherejectload
inputpowerishigh.IfarejectloadfaulthasoccurredthetransmitterwillautomaticallyswitchtoLowPowerMode,
approximatelyquarterpower.PowerReferencevoltagewilldropto2.7VDC.

DS17:RFMUTE:NormallyOFF,lightswhentheRFismutedbyaTXOFFcommand.

DS19:ExciterNotReady;NormallyOFF.IlluminatesYellowwhentheExciterismuted.CheckExcitermanualfor
furtherinformation.

DS20:DRVCHN:DriveChain:NormallyOFF.IlluminatesYellowwhentheIPAismuted.Thiswilloccurwhen
switchingtothebackupIPA.

DS21:REMOTE:RemoteMute:NormallyOFF.IlluminatesYellowwheneveraRFmuteoccurs.CheckJ17ofUSER
REMOTEforgroundwhichmutesthetransmitter.

DS4:FM:IlluminatesGreenwhenthetransmitterisinFMMode.

DS6:FM+HD:IlluminatesGreenwhenthetransmitterisinFM+HDMode.

DS8:HD:IlluminatesGreenwhenthetransmitterisinHDMode.

DS10:MUX:FlasheswithMUXactivity.Thisshouldflashallthetime.

DS12:APCOFF:NormallyOFF.IlluminatesYellowwhentheAPCisturnedOFF.APCwillbedisabledwhenthereare
faultsinthesystemsuchasfailedPAmoduleorPSmodule.CheckotherLEDsandthefaultlogforfurther
information.ThiscanalsobeturnedoffmanuallyintheLCDMenutree.

DS14:EXCB:NormallyOFF.IlluminatesYellowwhenthebackupExciterisswitchedintotheDriveChain.

DS16:LOWPWR:NormallyOFF.IlluminatesYellowwhenthetransmitterisswitchedtotheLowPower/UPSmode
viaJ18orUSERREMOTE.ThiswillalsooccurwhentheRejectLoadhasafault(Fan,RForTemp).

DS18:RESTRIKE:NormallyOFF.MomentarilyilluminatesYellowwhenthetransmitterexperiencesanONcommand
pulse.ThiscouldbefromanACpowerfailure,aHighVSWR,etc.IfthetransmitterdoesnotcomeONandstayON,
anotherRestrikeoccurs.IfthetransmitterdoesnotstayONafterthe3rdRestrike,itstaysOFF.

DS34:IPACTRL:APCtoIPA:IlluminateswhenthetransmitterissetupforAPCtodrivetheIPA

DS31:EXC:Exciter:NormallyOFF.IlluminatesRedwhenanonairExciterfaultoccurs.CheckExcitermanualfor
furtherinformation.

DS30:DRV:DriveChainSummaryFault:NormallyOFF.IlluminatesRedwhenanIPAfaultoccurs.CheckfaultLogfor
furtherinformation.

DS32:PA:PowerAmplifierSummaryFault:IlluminatesRedwhenanytypeofPAfaultoccurs.CheckfaultLogfor
furtherinformation.

DS29:PS:PowerSupplySummaryFault:NormallyOFF.IlluminatesRedwhenanytypeofPSfaultoccurs.Checkfault
Logforfurtherinformation.

DS33:OUT:OutputSummaryFault:NormallyOFF:IlluminatesRedwhenanytypeofRFoutputfaultoccurs.Check
faultLogforfurtherinformation.

DS28:SYS:SystemSummaryFault:NormallyOFF.IlluminatesRedwhenanyfaultinthetransmittersystemoccurs.
CheckfaultLogforfurtherinformation.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


66 Section-6 Diagnostics
October 28, 2013

6.3 Telnet Session

Telnetisanotherwayofhelpingdiagnoseaproblemwiththetransmitter.Customersshouldonlyusetelnetto
viewreadingsandnotusetelnettocontrolthetransmitterunlessaskedtodosobyaHarrisBroadcastService
Engineer.ToopenatelnetsessiontheWindowscommandpromptcanbeused.IfusingWindows7,aterminal
emulatorprogrammustbeused.

Figure 6-3 Telnet Login Screen

ToopenasessionensurethecomputeriseitherconnecteddirectlytothetransmitterEthernetportorconnectedto
thesamenetworkasthetransmitter.IfconnectingdirecttothefrontpanelEthernet,ensurethecomputernetwork
propertiesissettoDHCP.OncethecomputerisconnectedgotothecommandpromptandtypetelnetplustheIP
address,ie"telnet192.168.117.88".ThescreenshouldappearasinFigure66askingforapassword.

PriortoAugust2013shipments,thetelnetpasswordis"admin".

August2013andlatershipmentspasswordis"harrismfg"

Note:Thenumberoftelnetpageswillvarydependingortherevisionofcodeinstalledinyourtransmitter.

Figure 6-4 Telnet Page 1/7

Page1ofthetelnetshowsbasicinformationaboutyourtransmitterincludingserialnumber,MACandIPaddresses,
softwareandhardwarerevs.Anyitemshowninparenthesis()arecommands,pressingthecorrespondingnumber
inthatpagetoset.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 67
October 28, 2013

1. TempReartemperatureofthetransmitterthatismeasuredonthePowerSupplyInterfaceBoard.This
temperatureisthehotairexhaustedfromthePAmodulesandpowersupplies.

2. +5.0VDC5voltlineformtheauxoutputofthethemainpowersupplies.Thisisbussedtogetheronthe
PowerSupplyInterfaceboardanddistributedthroughoutthecontrolsystem.

3. +3.3VDCRegulated3.3VDContheControl/DisplayBoardtoruntheMicroModule.Schematicsheet7.

4. +1.8VDCRegulated1.8VDContheControl/DisplayBoardfortheEthernetPorts.Schematicsheet.

Theseitemsrequireapasswordwhichis"harris_fax"

(1) MACAddressofthefrontpanelEthernetport.Cannotbechanged.

(2) ModeoffrontpanelEthernetport.StaticorDHCPusersetting.

(3) IPAddressoffrontpanelEthernetport.Defaultshown,usersettingonlyintelnet.

(4) MACAddressoftherearpanelEthernetport.Cannotbechanged.

(5) ModeofrearpanelEthernetport.StaticorDHCPusersetting.

(6) IPAddressofrearpanelEthernetport.Usersetting.

(7) NetmaskofrearpanelEthernetPort.Usersetting.

(8) GatewayofrearEthernetport.Usersetting.

(S) SaveSettings.Requiredbeforechangestakeplace.

(r) RestoreSetupRestoreslastsavedsetup.

(h) SetTXS.N.Notused

(u) SetUserShouldbedoneviaremoteGUI

(t) SetDate/Timesetstransmitterdateandtime

(f) StoreFactorystoresthesetupinthetransmitterandcanberecalledusing(r)above.

(z) DebugModeshouldnotbeusedunlessinstructedbyHarrisBroadcastServiceEngineer.OFFshouldbe
normalmode.

(h)SetTXS.N.SetstransmitterSerialNumber.Factoryuseonly.

(l) RestoreLoginrestoresallLoginstofactorydefault.Thisrequirespasswordof"harrismfg",thispassword
issetincodeandcannotbechanged.

(b) BitModeshouldnotbeusedunlessinstructedbyHarrisBroadcastServiceEngineer.OFFshouldbe
normalmode.

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


68 Section-6 Diagnostics
October 28, 2013

Figure 6-5 Telnet Page 2/7 System Control/Status

DisplayshowsstatusofeachitemthatispartoftheTransmitterSystem.Under"Control/Status"113andAMwill
correspondtotheMultiUnitInterfaceBoardLEDsdefinedinSection6.3.3ofthismanual.Under"SystemAnalog"
valuesareshownasdisplayedonLCDaswellastheircorrespondingDAC/ADCvalues.

(1) TXON/OFFTurnstransmitterONorOFF

(2) RFMuteCtrlMutesorunmutesthetransmitter

(3) PwrRaiseRaisesRFpoweroftransmitter

(4) PwrLowerLowerRFpoweroftransmitter

(5) IPASWModechangestheIPAswitchingmodebetweenAutoandManual

(6) EXCSWModeChangestheexciterswitchingmodebetweenAutoandManual

(7) IPASwitchSwitchestheIPAbetweenAandBside

(8) EXCSwitchSwitchesexciterbetweenAandB

(a) FBTHDAdjustsVSWRfoldbackthreshold.DONOTUSEunlessinstructedbyHarrisBroadcastService
Engineer

(b) PSRefPowersupplyreferenceDACvalue.DONOTUSECancausepowersupplytoexceedacceptable
voltagelevels

(t) TestNotused

(c) UPSRefReferencepowersettingofLowPower/UPSMode.ThisismodethatissetbygroundingJ18of
theUSERREMOTE.Telnetisonlyplacewherethiscanbechanged.Defaultis2700whichisapproximately
1/4power

TosettheUPSLowPowerMode:

ProvideacontinuousGroundonJ18.
PresstheletterconthecomputerconnectedtotheFAX.
Adjustthevalueuntiltheproperpowerhasbeenset.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 69
October 28, 2013

Figure 6-6 Telnet Page 3/7 Power Block Control/Status

DisplayshowsstatusofeachitemthatispartofeachPowerBlock.InaFAX30/40pressing(2)willdisplaystatusand
valuesforpowerblocks3and4,pressing(1)willswitchdisplaybacktopowerblocks1and2.TheStatus16inthe
topsectionsofthescreenwillcorrespondtotheLEDsontheSystemInterfaceBoardineachpowerblock.

Figure 6-7 Telnet Page 4/7 PA Modules Status/Meters

DisplaysIPAandPAModuleFaultstatus,Current,PAVoltsandPATemp.InaFAX30/40pressing(2)willdisplaystatus
andvaluesforpowerblocks3and4,pressing(1)willswitchdisplaybacktopowerblocks1and2.

Faultstatusbitsaredisplayedasshown:
b0/b1/b2/b3/b4/b5
b0=PAOverdrivegreaterthan25Wattsintomodule
b1=VSWRFaultgreaterthan100Wreflectedintomodule.Dependsonfrequency,loadandphaseangle.
b2=UnderVoltageFault
b3=OvercurrentFaultGreaterthan30Ampscurrentdrawonpallet
b4=OvertempFaultfaultsat95C
b5=ModulenotPresentFault

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


610 Section-6 Diagnostics
October 28, 2013

Figure 6-8 Telnet Page 5/7 Fault Log


Page5displaysthecontentsofthefaultlog.Eachfaultwillshowtimeanddateofoccurrenceandtimeanddate
faultwascleared.(R)Clearsthefaultlog,Up/Downarrowspagesthroughmultiplepages.

Figure 6-9 Telnet Page 6/7 Calibration Data


Page6displaysstoredcalibrationdataforthetransmitter.Therearenocommandsavailableonthepage.

Figure 6-10 Telnet Page 7/7 Debug Information


Page7displaysdebuginformationforthetransmitter.Therearenocommandsavailableonthepage.

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 71
October 28, 2013

7 Section-7 Parts List

7.1 Exploded View 10 kW Power Block


Figure71andFigure72aretheExplodedviewofthe10kWpowerblock.Thepartsgivenarenotanexhaustive
partslistbutarethefieldreplaceablepartsforeachassemblyandsubassemblyintheunit.Iftheneedcomesup
thatrequiresapartnotlisted,thenumbersforthatassemblycanbegiventoaHarrisBroadcastRepresentative
whocanassistinfindingthecorrectpart.

Table 7-1 FAX High Level Part Numbers

PartNumber Description

9950091001G FAX10KConfigurable

9810136002 FAX10BasicTransmitter,PrimaryPowerBlock

9810136003 FAX10BasicPowerBlock,Secondary10KforFAX20/30/40

9950091002G FAX20Configurable

9950091003G FAX30Configurable

9950091004G FAX40Configurable

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


72 Section-7 Parts List
October 28, 2013

ASSEMBLY, FORMAT XMTR, FAX 10K FM


995 0091 001G
ASSEMBLY SYSTEM INTERFACE
901 0234 051G - SYS INTERFACE (PWA) ASSEMBLY, BASIC, PRIMARY 10KW FAX
943 5614 100 - SYS INTERFACE BRACKET (SHEET METAL) 981 0136 002

POWER SUPPLY MODULES PS1-PS7 ASSEMBLY, COMMON COMPONENTS 10KW FAX


981 0136 001
736 0583 000 - (7) PSU, SW, 48VDC 2715W 240VAC
971 0054 035 - ASSEMBLY 10K AC DIST, 3-P DELTA
971 0054 036 - ASSEMBLY 10K AC DIST, 3-P WYE
RF SWITCH MODULE 971 0054 008 A13
971 0054 037 - ASSEMBLY 10K AC DIST, 1-P
901 0234 121G - PWA, RF SWITCH A1
943 5614 115 - RF SWITCH BRACKET (SHEET METAL) UNLESS NOTED ALL QUANTITIES ARE (1) EACH
943 5614 131 - RF SWITCH COVER (POLYCARBONATE)

LOCATION OF
DUAL IPA MODULE
OTHER (7) SLOTS
ARE PA MODULES

FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY 971-0054-005 A7


943 5614 044 - PANEL, FRONT DOOR (SHEET METAL)
POWER AMPLIFIERS MODULES IPA1 & PA1-PA7 943 5610 078 - SHIELD, FRONT DOOR (SHEET METAL)
971 0054 001 - (8) ASSEMBLY PA MODULE 943 5610 084 - COVER, FILTER (SHEET METAL)
901 0234 001G - PWA, FM MODULE 943 5610 080 - FILTER REPLACEABLE
901 0234 041G - PWA, MODULE CONTROLLER 901 0234 071G - PWA, CONTROL & DISPLAY (A1)
441 0011 000 - FILM THERMAL INTERFACE 971 0054 025 - ASSY, MCF5484 UC MODULE, FAX, TESTED
(901 0213 011G - PWA, MCF5484 UC MODULE A2)
943 5614 384 - FAX PANEL GASKET
660 0054 000 - BATTERY, 3V LITHIUM COIN CR2032

952 9266 001 - JUMPERS, FAX 10KW


952 9266 003 - CABLE DC
952 9266 005 - CABLE AC
952 9266 006 - CABLE RF SWITCH
952 9266 010 - CABLE SYSTEM INTERFACE POWER
952 9266 015 - SINGLE EXCITER KIT CABLES (ALL MODELS)

Figure 7-1 10 kW Power Block Front View

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 73
October 28, 2013

ASSEMBLY, I/O REAR ACCESS 971 0054 010 A9 AC MAINS INPUT TERMINALS BEHIND AC ACCESS PLATE 943 5614 082
943 5614 112 - PLATE, REAR I/O ACCESS
952 9266 007 - CABLE I/O (CURRENT VERSIONS) (EARLY VERSIONS)
614 0977 000 - (6) INSULATOR 354 0852 000 - (5) LUG 6-14AWG
PLATE, COMBINER ACCESS 943 5614 087 943 5614 350 - TAP WYE 3 410 0152 000 - (4) CERAMIC INSULATOR
943 5614 362 - (2) TAP 1 410 0156 000 - (4) CERAMIC INSULATOR
943 5614 441 - (3) TAP 3 DELTA 344 0253 000 - (4) STUD M5x63.5 2-1/2"
ASSEMBLY, PWA, PS INTER 901 0234 061G A5
FUSES ON BOARD-
398 0488 000 - (4) 1A 250V (F1 F2 F3 F6)
398 0642 000 - (2) 5A 32VDC (F4 F5)
398 0762 001 - (2) 15A 250V (F9 F10) 971 0054 015 ASSEMBLY 16RU REAR DOOR A6 (CURRENT VERSION)
CURRENT VERSIONS DO NOT USE THE CENTER FAN
430 0358 000 - (4) FAN, 48VDC 410CFM 172MM B1-B4
430 0292 000 - (4) FAN GUARD, 6.14" DIA
448 1128 000 - LATCH COMRESSION
901 0234 151G - PWA FAN CONTROL BD A1
943 5614 268 - CLOSEOUT REAR DOOR FAN (SHEET METAL)

971 0054 006 ASSEMBLY 16RU REAR DOOR A6 (EARLY VERSIONS)


430 0356 000 - (5) FAN, 48VDC 350CFM 172MM
430 0292 000 - (5) FAN GUARD, 6.14" DIA
448 1128 000 - LATCH COMRESSION
901 0203 441 - PWA 5X FAN MONITOR A1

ASSEMBLY, BACKPLANE 971 0054 020 (4) A1-A4


901 0234 031G - (4) PWA BACKPLANE
943 5614 235 - (4) SPACER, BACKPLANE, FAX (SHEET METAL)
943 5614 239 - (4) COVER, BACKPLANE, FAX (SHEET METAL)
943 5614 240 -(16) SPACER, N CONNECTOR (SHEET METAL)
14-WAY COMBINER LOAD 971 0054 003 A15
801 0234 093G - (2) PWB, ISO INPUT A1, A2
14-WAY PA COMBINER 971 0054 002 A14 -LOW PASS FILTER 14-WAY SPLITTER 971 0054 004 A12 801 0234 103G - PWB ISO GROUND A3
971 0054 007 - ASSEMBLY DIRECTION COUPLER A2 901 0234 011G - PWA, 2-WAY SPLITTER A1 943 5614 060 - SHEILD, REJECT LOAD (SHEET METAL)
801 0234 083G - PWB, 14-WAY COMBINER A1 901 0234 021G - (2) PWA, 7-WAY SPLITTER A2 A3 943 5614 061 - CHASSIS, REJECT LOAD (SHEET METAL)
801 0234 113G - (2) PWB, COMBINER JUNCTION A2 A3 943 5614 096 - BRACKET, SPLITTER TOP (SHEET METAL) 943 5614 063 - HEATSNIK, REJECT LOAD
943 5614 064 - HOUSING, COMBINER (SHEET METAL) 943 5614 097 - BRACKET, SPLITTER BOT (SHEET METAL) 952 9266 009 - COMBINER LOAD CABLES
943 5614 065 - OUTER HOUSING, COMBINER (SHEET METAL) 943 5614 496 - HEATSNIK, SPLITTER LOAD 544 1681 000 - (28) REJECT LOAD RES 25 OHM 800W
943 5614 138 - COVER, COMBINER (SHEET METAL) 952 9266 008 - JUMPERS, SPLITTER 055 0100 005 - THERMAL COMPOND 802
952 9266 011 - 14-WAY COMBINER, CABLES 544 1654 000 - REJECT LOAD RES 100 OHM 250W
544 1661 000 - (14) REJECT LOAD RES 100 OHM 10W
055 0100 005 - THERMAL COMPOND 802

Figure 7-2 10 kW Power Block Rear View

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


74 Section-7 Parts List
October 28, 2013

7.2 AC Distribution Panel Parts (All Models)


ThefollowingtablescontainthepartsthatarenotcommononallFAXmodels.AFAX20/30/40arebuiltfrom
multiple10kWPowerBlocksandallthecomponentsthatmakethoseblocksarecommon.

CircuitBreakersforACDistributionPanels

1Phase(Exciter/AuxiliarySection):
60611361602Pole,16Amp,480VAC1PerPanel(CommontoallPanels)

3PhaseDeltaCircuitBreakers:
60611800003Pole,63Amp,480VAC1PerPowerBlock

3PhaseWyeCircuitBreakers:
60611800004Pole,40Amp,400VAC1PerPowerBlock

1PhaseCircuitBreakers(FAX5/10/20Only):
60611800002Pole,50Amp,400VAC1PerPowerBlock

OutletStrips(CommontoallPanels):
2530253000230VAC,10Amp,4xC13
2530254000120VAC,10Amp,4x515R

7.3 FAX20/30/40 Specific Parts


ThecabinetinterfaceboardispartoftheMultiUnitCOntrolpanellocatedintheprimarypowerblock.

CabinetInterfaceBoard9010234271G(PartoftheMultiUnitControlPanelinprimarypowerblock)

ThedirectionalcoupleristhesameunitforalltheFAX20/30/40transmitters.Thiscouplerprovidesthesamplesfor
thesystempowerdetection,RTACsamplesandthemodulationmonitorsample.

971002319831/8"EIAUnFlanged3port54dBcouplingfactor

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
FAX 5/10/20/30/40KW 75
October 28, 2013

7.3.1 Reject Load Parts


TherearetwosizesofrejectloadusedinheFAXseriestransmitters,6kWand12kW.Theexternalfancontrol
board,fansandinternalresistorsareallcommon.Quantitiesareloadsizedependant.

Table 7-2 Reject Load Common Replaceable Parts

PartNumber Description Qty

4300358000 Fan,48VDC,410CFM,PWMControl,172mm 2or4

5460338000 Resistor,500ohm,10%,300Watt,NonInductive 10or20

9010234151G FanControlBoard 1perLoad

7.3.2 Splitters/Combiners

Table 7-3 FAX20/30/40 Combiners

PartNumber Description

9710054012 2wayPowerCombiner20kWoutput,3dBHybrid

9710054019 2wayPowerCombiner30kWoutput,4.77dBHybrid

9710054047 2wayPowerCombiner40kWoutput,3dBHybrid

Table 7-4 FAX20/30/40 Splitters (Multi-Unit Controller Only)

PartNumber Description

9010234281G 2wayFAX20CabinetPowerSplitter

9010234311G 3wayFAX30CabinetPowerSplitter

9010234321G 4wayFAX40CabinetPowerSplitter

8882720001 WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


76 Section-7 Parts List
October 28, 2013

Copyright2013,HarrisBroadcast WARNING:Disconnectprimarypowerpriortoservicing. 8882720001


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
October 23, 2013 Cabinet Unification Instructions a-1
Appendix a
Rev B

a.1 Scope and Purpose


If FAX transmitter cabinets are required to be bolted together, the following instructions are to be followed. Refer to wiring
diagrams in Section 100 of the drawing package that accompanied the transmitter if needed.

a.2 Procedure
Set racks side by side with the driver transmitter (cabinet 1) on the left.
Must have a space of 1-3/4 between racks in both the front and back sides

Cabinet 1 Cabinet 2 Cabinet 2 Cabinet 1

Top PAB Top PAB

Bottom PAB Bottom PAB

888-2720-001 WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to Servicing. Copyright 2013 Harris Broadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


a-2 Cabinet Unification Instructions October 23, 2013

1-3/4

Loosen the pre-installed hardware between cabinet 1 & 2


Assemble filler channels to the front and rear of cabinets (3 per side).
From the top maneuver each channel onto hardware.
Tighten hardware until secure.

Filler Channel
943-5614-508

Installed Filler Channel


(3) Places (Both Sides)

Copyright 2013 Harris Broadcast WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to Servicing. 888-2720-001

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


September 30, 2013 Cabinet Unification Instructions a-3

Install the covers over the filler channels between the two cabinets in the front and rear.
Remove preinstalled hardware from top of racks.
Install top bracket and secure with hardware that was just removed.
Fasten the top ends of the channel covers to top bracket with finish screws.

(2) Channel Cover ...... 943-5614-507


(1) Top Bracket .......... 943-5614-509
(4) Screw .................... 303-4112-025
(4) Flat........................ 310-0026-000
(4) Split....................... 314-0015-000
(2) Finish Screw

Pre-installed
Hardware

Channel Cover
943-5614-507
(2) Places -
Front & Rear

Top Bracket
943-5614-509

Finish Screw
2 Places
Front & Rear

888-2720-001 WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to Servicing. Copyright 2013 Harris Broadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


a-4 Cabinet Unification Instructions October 23, 2013

Bend back grounding strap in cabinet 2 and fasten to the grounding bar cabinet 1.

Grounding Bar

Bend Back the


Grounding Strap

Position the final horizontal combiner as shown and maneuver into cabinets.

Copyright 2013 Harris Broadcast WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to Servicing. 888-2720-001

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


September 30, 2013 Cabinet Unification Instructions a-5

Connect the final horizontal combiner to both vertical combiners.


Secure combiner with hose clamps at each inlet.

Install RF conductor assembly that shipped loose with unit.


Insert RF conductor assembly thru cabinet 2 and maneuver around combiner and connect to reject load in front of
cabinet 1.

Cabinet 1 Cabinet 2

888-2720-001 WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to Servicing. Copyright 2013 Harris Broadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


a-6 Cabinet Unification Instructions October 23, 2013

Connect the RF conductor previously installed to the top of the horizontal combiner.
Secure hose clamp at connection.

Install directional coupler onto the horizontal combiner.


Install RF output line going from the coupler to the top of rack.

Coupler
RF Line

Even Numbers
on This Side

Coupler

Copyright 2013 Harris Broadcast WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to Servicing. 888-2720-001

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


September 30, 2013 Cabinet Unification Instructions a-7

Fasten the RF connector/bullet to top of rack and connect to the RF output line coming from coupler.

Locate the bag with 10 AC power cables in cabinet 1.


Remove cables from bag and route over to cabinet 2.

888-2720-001 WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to Servicing. Copyright 2013 Harris Broadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


a-8 Cabinet Unification Instructions October 23, 2013

Route the 10 power cables thru the white clamps on the air duct.
Route cables 9, 11, 13, & 15 into the corner of the top power block.
Connect cables to the AC inlet connectors as shown below.
Route the black cables #203 & #204 with receptacles into air duct above transmitter.

#203 204

Air Duct

White Clamps

#9 11 13 15

#11 #13 #15


Brown Black Grey #9 Green

Copyright 2013 Harris Broadcast WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to Servicing. 888-2720-001

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


September 30, 2013 Cabinet Unification Instructions a-9

Route cables 10, 12, 14, & 16 from side of cabinet to bottom power block.
Connect cables to bottom power blocks AC Inlet connectors as shown below.

#12 #16 #14


Brown Grey Black #9 Green

888-2720-001 WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to Servicing. Copyright 2013 Harris Broadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


a-10 Cabinet Unification Instructions October 23, 2013

Route the black cables w/ receptacles up to both exciters.


Plug in cable #203 to Exciter A
Plug in cable #204 to Exciter B.

Exciter B

Cable #204

Exciter A

Cable #203

Copyright 2013 Harris Broadcast WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to Servicing. 888-2720-001

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


September 30, 2013 Cabinet Unification Instructions a-11

Locate bag with coax cables & pink wires in rear of cabinet 2.
Remove cables from bag.

Route coax cables up to the directional coupler.


Connect cable #103 to J1
Connect cable #104 to J2
Connect cable #105 to J3

#104 to J2

#105 to J3 #103 to J1

888-2720-001 WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to Servicing. Copyright 2013 Harris Broadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


a-12 Cabinet Unification Instructions October 23, 2013

Connect Wago connectors with pink wires #217 & #218 together in cabinet 2 as shown.

Copyright 2013 Harris Broadcast WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to Servicing. 888-2720-001

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


September 30, 2013 Cabinet Unification Instructions a-13

Locate the bag with a ribbon cable in the front of cabinet 1.


Remove cables from bag and route over to cabinet 2.

Connect Wago connectors with pink wires #210 thru #216 together in cabinet 2. Clamp Cables as shown.

W208

W209

W201

W201
#208 209

Connect W208,W209(FAX40 Only) and W201 as shown above. Ensure coaxes are tight but do not over-tighten.

888-2720-001 WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to Servicing. Copyright 2013 Harris Broadcast

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


a-14 Cabinet Unification Instructions October 23, 2013

Install blank panel onto front of cabinet 2.


Assemble rear doors on both cabinets.

Blank Panel

End of cabinet unification instructions.

Copyright 2013 Harris Broadcast WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to Servicing. 888-2720-001

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine


Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine
Support Contacts: http://harrisbroadcast.com/support
eCustomer Portal: http://support.harrisbroadcast.com

Trademarks and tradenames are the property of their respective companies.

9800 S Meridian Blvd | Ste 300 | Englewood, CO 80112 U.S.A.


2013 Harris Broadcast
Harris Broadcast is an independent company not affiliated with Harris Corporation

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

S-ar putea să vă placă și